WO2021090857A1 - Brake device - Google Patents

Brake device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021090857A1
WO2021090857A1 PCT/JP2020/041280 JP2020041280W WO2021090857A1 WO 2021090857 A1 WO2021090857 A1 WO 2021090857A1 JP 2020041280 W JP2020041280 W JP 2020041280W WO 2021090857 A1 WO2021090857 A1 WO 2021090857A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
rotating member
side rotating
input
brake
output
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/041280
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
香取孝宜
Original Assignee
テイ・エス テック株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2019203087A external-priority patent/JP7368717B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2019203090A external-priority patent/JP7368718B2/en
Application filed by テイ・エス テック株式会社 filed Critical テイ・エス テック株式会社
Publication of WO2021090857A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021090857A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60NSEATS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES; VEHICLE PASSENGER ACCOMMODATION NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B60N2/00Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles
    • B60N2/02Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles the seat or part thereof being movable, e.g. adjustable
    • B60N2/04Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles the seat or part thereof being movable, e.g. adjustable the whole seat being movable
    • B60N2/16Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles the seat or part thereof being movable, e.g. adjustable the whole seat being movable height-adjustable
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16DCOUPLINGS FOR TRANSMITTING ROTATION; CLUTCHES; BRAKES
    • F16D41/00Freewheels or freewheel clutches
    • F16D41/06Freewheels or freewheel clutches with intermediate wedging coupling members between an inner and an outer surface
    • F16D41/08Freewheels or freewheel clutches with intermediate wedging coupling members between an inner and an outer surface with provision for altering the freewheeling action
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16DCOUPLINGS FOR TRANSMITTING ROTATION; CLUTCHES; BRAKES
    • F16D51/00Brakes with outwardly-movable braking members co-operating with the inner surface of a drum or the like
    • F16D51/10Brakes with outwardly-movable braking members co-operating with the inner surface of a drum or the like shaped as exclusively radially-movable brake-shoes
    • F16D51/12Brakes with outwardly-movable braking members co-operating with the inner surface of a drum or the like shaped as exclusively radially-movable brake-shoes mechanically actuated
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16DCOUPLINGS FOR TRANSMITTING ROTATION; CLUTCHES; BRAKES
    • F16D63/00Brakes not otherwise provided for; Brakes combining more than one of the types of groups F16D49/00 - F16D61/00
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16DCOUPLINGS FOR TRANSMITTING ROTATION; CLUTCHES; BRAKES
    • F16D65/00Parts or details
    • F16D65/14Actuating mechanisms for brakes; Means for initiating operation at a predetermined position
    • F16D65/16Actuating mechanisms for brakes; Means for initiating operation at a predetermined position arranged in or on the brake
    • F16D65/22Actuating mechanisms for brakes; Means for initiating operation at a predetermined position arranged in or on the brake adapted for pressing members apart, e.g. for drum brakes
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16DCOUPLINGS FOR TRANSMITTING ROTATION; CLUTCHES; BRAKES
    • F16D67/00Combinations of couplings and brakes; Combinations of clutches and brakes
    • F16D67/02Clutch-brake combinations

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to a braking device used for a height adjusting mechanism of a vehicle seat or the like.
  • the output shaft rotates by operating the lever that swings up and down provided on the input side, but the force that the seat tries to lower is applied to the output shaft due to the weight of the seat and the occupant.
  • a braking device configured so that the output shaft does not rotate is used.
  • the brake device includes an outer ring and an output side rotating member (output shaft) arranged inside the outer ring, and when a rotational torque is input to the output side rotating member from the outside, the output side rotating member directly or The braking force is generated by pressing the brake shoe against the outer ring via the movable piece.
  • the brake device disclosed in Patent Documents 1 and 2 includes an input-side rotating member, and the input-side rotating member has a protrusion that projects axially toward the brake shoe in order to rotate the brake shoe. There is.
  • the protrusions of the input-side rotating member are provided so as to enter between adjacent brake shoes or to be adjacent to a portion of the brake shoes that protrudes outward in the radial direction.
  • the brake device Since the brake device is mounted on a vehicle such as a vehicle, it is required to be smaller and lighter. Further, if the axial position of the output side rotating member is regulated at only one place, vibration of the vehicle may be applied for a long period of time, and durability is required.
  • a brake device capable of miniaturization and weight reduction, and a brake device capable of ensuring high durability. Further, it is desired that the output side rotating member is pivotally supported at an accurate position with respect to the housing. Further, it is desired that the brake device is operated stably, the rigidity of the brake device is increased, and the brake device can be easily manufactured.
  • a brake device including an outer ring, a brake shoe, an output side rotating member, an input side rotating member, a pair of movable pieces, and a first spring.
  • the outer ring has a cylindrical inner peripheral surface.
  • a plurality of brake shoes are arranged side by side in the radial direction of the outer ring, and have a pair of brake surfaces facing the inner peripheral surface and contacting the inner peripheral surface, and an inner surface facing the inner peripheral surface in the radial direction.
  • the output side rotating member is arranged inside each brake shoe in the radial direction.
  • the output-side rotating member has an acting portion having a facing surface facing the inner side surface.
  • the input-side rotating member can contact the brake shoe or the output-side rotating member to rotate the output-side rotating member.
  • the movable piece is arranged between each of the inner side surfaces and the facing surface, and is sandwiched between the inner side surface and the facing surface to generate a braking force of the brake shoe.
  • the first spring is arranged between the pair of movable pieces and urges the pair of movable pieces so as to separate them from each other.
  • Each of the brake shoes has a first protruding portion arranged at one end in the circumferential direction and protruding inward in the radial direction, and a second protruding portion arranged at the other end in the circumferential direction and protruding inward in the radial direction. It has a protrusion.
  • the pair of movable pieces are arranged between the first protrusion and the second protrusion.
  • the input-side rotating member includes a first engaging portion arranged between the pair of movable pieces and the first protruding portion that protrudes in the axial direction of the output-side rotating member, and a pair of movable pieces that protrude in the axial direction.
  • a second engaging portion arranged between the second protruding portions is provided corresponding to each brake shoe.
  • the first engaging portion of the input side rotating member is arranged between the first protruding portion of the brake shoe protruding inward in the radial direction and the pair of movable pieces, and the brake shoe has a first engaging portion.
  • the second engaging portion of the input side rotating member By arranging the second engaging portion of the input side rotating member between the second protruding portion protruding inward in the radial direction and the pair of movable pieces, the diameter of the input side rotating member can be reduced.
  • the brake shoe has a recess provided on the inner side surface by having a first protrusion and a second protrusion, and the first engagement portion and the second engagement portion are arranged in the space of the recess. Therefore, the space between the outer ring and the output side rotating member can be effectively used. As a result, the brake shoes can be made smaller and lighter.
  • the first engaging portion pushes one of the pair of movable pieces to release the braking force
  • the input-side rotating member makes a second rotation.
  • the second engaging portion may be configured to push the other of the pair of movable pieces to release the braking force.
  • the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion not only have a function of pushing the brake shoe in the rotational direction to rotate the brake shoe, but also push the movable piece in the rotational direction to release the braking force. It also has the function of That is, since the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion have two functions, the brake device can be made smaller and lighter.
  • the input-side rotating member can have a contact convex portion that faces the facing surface, projects inward in the radial direction, and can come into contact with the working portion.
  • the outer ring and the output side rotating member can be formed.
  • the space between them can be effectively used to reduce the size and weight of the braking device.
  • the first engaging portion, the second engaging portion, and the contact convex portion may be arranged along the inner circumference of the input side rotating member.
  • the input side rotating member may have a groove between the first engaging portion and the contact convex portion and between the second engaging portion and the contact convex portion.
  • the weight of the input side rotating member can be reduced and the weight of the brake device can be reduced.
  • the size of the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion in the circumferential direction may be smaller than the size of the contact convex portion in the circumferential direction.
  • the working portion is arranged so as to intersect the straight line connecting the tip of the first protruding portion and the tip of the second protruding portion of each brake shoe.
  • the working portion is formed in this way, the working portion is arranged in the recess between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion of the brake shoe. That is, the brake device can be made smaller and lighter by effectively utilizing the space between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion.
  • the output-side rotating member has a recess on the rotation axis that accommodates a screw for attaching a lever for rotating the input-side rotating member.
  • the weight of the output side rotating member can be reduced and the weight of the brake device can be reduced.
  • the brake device described above may further include an operating member for rotating the input-side rotating member and a lever that rotates integrally with the operating member.
  • the operating member may have an axially projecting portion that projects in the axial direction of the output-side rotating member in a part of the outer peripheral portion, and the lever may have a notch that engages with the axially projecting portion.
  • the output-side rotating member has an output gear, and does not rotate when a torque for rotating the output-side rotating member is input from the output gear, and does not rotate when a torque for rotating the input-side rotating member is input. Rotate.
  • the output-side rotating member has a recess on the rotation axis that accommodates a screw for attaching a lever for rotating the input-side rotating member.
  • a brake device including an outer ring, a brake shoe, an output side rotating member, an input side rotating member, and a housing.
  • the outer ring has a cylindrical inner peripheral surface.
  • a plurality of brake shoes are arranged side by side in the radial direction of the outer ring, and have a pair of brake surfaces facing the inner peripheral surface and contacting the inner peripheral surface, and an inner surface facing the inner peripheral surface in the radial direction.
  • the output side rotating member is arranged inside each brake shoe in the radial direction.
  • the output-side rotating member has an action portion having a facing surface facing the inner surface, and when a torque for rotating the output-side rotating member is input from the outside, the facing surface directly or indirectly faces the inner surface. By pushing, the brake shoe is pressed against the inner peripheral surface.
  • the input-side rotating member can contact the brake shoe or the output-side rotating member to rotate the output-side rotating member.
  • the housing houses the brake shoes, the working part and the input side rotating member.
  • the housing is a first bearing portion that pivotally supports the output-side rotating member and a second bearing portion that is located away from the first bearing portion in the axial direction of the output-side rotating member, and supports the output-side rotating member. It has a second bearing portion and a second bearing portion.
  • the first bearing portion abuts on the output side rotating member in the axial direction to regulate the movement of the output side rotating member to one side in the axial direction.
  • the second bearing portion abuts on the output side rotating member in the axial direction to regulate the movement of the output side rotating member to the other side in the axial direction.
  • the first bearing portion of the housing restricts the movement of the output side rotating member to one side in the axial direction
  • the second bearing portion restricts the movement of the output side rotating member to the other side in the axial direction. Regulate movement. Therefore, the durability of the brake device can be increased.
  • the housing has an outer ring, a side wall portion extending radially inward from the outer ring and restricting the movement of the brake shoe to one side in the axial direction, and an outer ring portion integrally having a first bearing portion formed on the side wall portion.
  • a first cover member having a member, an outer ring fitting portion that fits on the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring, and a first cover portion that regulates the movement of the brake shoe to the other side in the axial direction, and a first cover portion. It may be configured to include a second cover member which is fixed to and has a second bearing portion.
  • the first cover portion that regulates the movement of the brake shoe to the other side in the axial direction is the second cover member that regulates the movement of the output side rotating member to the other side in the axial direction. Since it is provided separately from the (second bearing portion), the durability of the braking device can be further increased.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the outer ring fitting portion may be welded to the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring.
  • the first cover member is firmly fixed to the outer ring member to be a brake device.
  • the rigidity of the can be increased.
  • the second cover member has a cover fitting portion that fits on the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring fitting portion, and the inner peripheral surface of the cover fitting portion may be welded to the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring fitting portion.
  • the second cover member is firmly fixed to the first cover member.
  • the rigidity of the braking device can be increased.
  • the outer ring fitting portion is fitted to the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring, and the cover fitting portion is further fitted to the outer ring fitting portion, so that the first bearing portion of the outer ring member and the second cover member have the second cover fitting portion.
  • the axis of the bearing can be aligned accurately. That is, the output-side rotating member can be pivotally supported at an accurate position with respect to the housing.
  • the first cover member may further have a mounting flange extending radially outward from the outer ring fitting portion for mounting the brake device on another member.
  • the brake device described above is a pair of first movable pieces arranged between each of the inner side surfaces and the facing surface, and is sandwiched between the inner side surface and the facing surface to reduce the braking force of the brake shoe. It may further include a first movable piece to be generated and a first spring which is arranged between the pair of first movable pieces and urges the pair of first movable pieces to separate from each other.
  • each of the brake shoes is arranged at one end in the circumferential direction and protrudes inward in the radial direction, and is arranged at the other end in the circumferential direction and protrudes inward in the radial direction.
  • a pair of first movable pieces are arranged between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion, and the input side rotating member protrudes in the axial direction.
  • a first engaging portion arranged between the piece and the first protruding portion, and a second engaging portion arranged between the pair of first movable pieces and the second protruding portion protruding in the axial direction, It is good to have it corresponding to each brake shoe. Then, when the input-side rotating member rotates in the first rotation direction, the first engaging portion pushes one of the pair of first movable pieces to release the braking force, and the second engaging portion protrudes second.
  • the second engaging portion is a pair of first movable pieces. It is desirable that the other of the brakes is pushed to release the braking force and the first engaging portion pushes the first protruding portion to rotate the brake shoe in the second rotation direction.
  • the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion can have both a function of rotating the brake shoe and a function of releasing the braking force by pushing the first movable piece. it can. As a result, the size of the brake device can be reduced.
  • the brake device described above is a second movable piece arranged between an operation ring arranged radially outside the input side rotating member and an inner peripheral surface of the operation ring and an outer peripheral surface of the input side rotating member.
  • a second spring that urges the movable pieces so as to keep them away from each other can be further provided.
  • the first cover portion regulates the movement of the second movable piece to one side in the axial direction
  • the second cover member regulates the movement of the second movable piece to the other side in the axial direction. It can have a second cover portion.
  • the first cover portion that regulates the movement of the second movable piece to one side in the axial direction is a side wall that regulates the movement of the output side rotating member to one side in the axial direction. Since it is provided separately from the part, the durability of the braking device can be further improved.
  • the second movable piece is a roller or a sphere
  • the first cover member projects axially and has a regulating protrusion arranged between the plurality of second movable pieces
  • the regulating protrusion is a regulating protrusion of the second movable piece. It is desirable that the output side rotating member comes into contact with the second movable piece at a position smaller than the center from the rotation axis.
  • the brake device can be operated stably.
  • the first cover portion may be configured to regulate the movement of the second spring to one side in the axial direction.
  • the brake device may further include an operating member arranged on the other side in the axial direction with respect to the second cover member.
  • the operation ring has an operation protrusion that protrudes outward in the radial direction
  • the operation member has a notch that engages with the operation protrusion, and the notch engages with the operation protrusion.
  • the operation member and the operation ring may be configured to rotate integrally.
  • FIG. 3 is a sectional view taken along line IV-IV of FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a sectional view taken along line VV of FIG.
  • It is a perspective view which looked at the brake device from the input side. It is the figure which looked at the input side rotating member from the input side along the axial direction. It is a cross-sectional view of a ratchet part. It is the figure which looked at the brake device from the input side along the axial direction.
  • FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XX of FIG. It is a perspective view which looked at the brake device from the input side. It is the figure which looked at the input side rotating member from the output side along the axial direction. It is a cross-sectional view of a ratchet part. It is a figure explaining the state of the return spring when the operating member is rotated clockwise.
  • the brake device 1 is applied to a height adjusting mechanism for adjusting the height of the seat cushion S1 of the vehicle seat S as an example of the vehicle seat.
  • the lever 75 is attached to the operating member 110 of the brake device 1.
  • the height of the seat cushion S1 can be adjusted by rotating the output side rotating member 30, which will be described later, to drive the height adjustment mechanism.
  • the lever 75 is raised from the neutral position N
  • the seat cushion S1 is raised by a predetermined amount
  • the lever 75 is lowered from the neutral position N
  • the seat cushion S1 is lowered by a predetermined amount.
  • the output side rotating member 30 does not rotate.
  • the brake device 1 is configured such that each member is housed in a housing 100.
  • the housing 100 is composed of a combination of the outer ring member 10 and the cover member 60.
  • the left side of FIG. 2 in which the operating member 110 is arranged is referred to as an “input side”
  • the right side of FIG. 2 in which the output gear 35 of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged is referred to as an “output side”. ..
  • the brake device 1 is provided on the input side and is provided on the ratchet portion 2 for transmitting and shutting off the input torque due to the rotational operation of the operating member 110, and on the output side, the input torque from the ratchet portion 2 is transmitted to the output side rotating member 30. It is provided with a brake unit 3 that transmits the torque to the output gear 35 and cuts off the reverse input torque from the output gear 35.
  • the ratchet part 2 includes an operation member 110, an operation ring 150, a second roller 82 as a second movable piece, a second spring 87, and a return. It includes a spring 85, an input side rotating member 40, and a regulating member 71.
  • the brake unit 3 includes an outer ring member 10, a brake shoe 20, an output side rotating member 30, an input side rotating member 40, a first roller 81, a first spring 86, and a friction member 90.
  • the input-side rotating member 40 is an output member of the ratchet section 2 and an input member of the brake section 3, and can be said to be any component of the ratchet section 2 and the brake section 3.
  • the outer ring member 10 includes an outer ring 11, a side wall portion 12, and a first bearing portion 13.
  • the outer ring 11 is made of a ring having a predetermined thickness, and has a cylindrical inner peripheral surface 14, a cylindrical outer peripheral surface 15, and a side surface 16 connecting the inner peripheral surface 14 and the outer peripheral surface 15 on the input side. ..
  • the side wall portion 12 extends radially inward from the output side end portion of the outer ring 11.
  • the side wall portion 12 regulates the movement of the brake shoe 20 to one side (output side) in the axial direction of the output side rotating member 30.
  • the axial direction of the output side rotating member 30 is simply referred to as "axial direction”.
  • a circular shaft support hole 12A coaxial with the inner peripheral surface 14 is formed in the side wall portion 12.
  • the first bearing portion 13 is a circular flange extending from the edge of the shaft support hole 12A to the output side.
  • the first bearing portion 13 pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30. That is, in the outer ring member 10, the first bearing portion 13 is integrally formed with the side wall portion 12.
  • a plurality of holes 12H are provided in the side wall portion 12.
  • the plurality of holes 12H support the brake shoe 20 from below when the outer ring member 10 is placed with the output side facing down and the brake shoe 20 is placed in the outer ring 11 when the brake device 1 is assembled. It is a hole for passing a pin as a tool.
  • the brake shoe 20 is arranged at a predetermined height (position in the axial direction) regardless of the accuracy of the side wall portion 12, and the first roller 81 or the like is used. Parts can be assembled.
  • the outer ring member 10 can be formed by forging or press molding.
  • the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is formed with the same mold as the mold for forming the inner peripheral surface of the first bearing portion 13, or the inner peripheral surface 14 is formed.
  • the center of the inner peripheral surface 14 and the center of the first bearing portion 13 can be accurately aligned.
  • the brake shoes 20 are members that generate a braking force with the outer ring 11, and three brake shoes 20 are arranged inside the outer ring 11 in the radial direction so as to be arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.
  • the brake shoe 20 has a main body portion 20A extending in the circumferential direction, an outer protruding portion 20B and a central protrusion 20C protruding radially outward on the outer circumference of the main body portion 20A, and a diameter at each end portion in the circumferential direction of the inner circumference of the main body portion 20A. It is configured to have a first protruding portion 25A and a second protruding portion 25B protruding inward in the direction.
  • the radial direction and the circumferential direction are based on the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
  • Each outer protrusion 20B is provided on each brake shoe 20 at both ends in the circumferential direction of the outer circumference of the main body 20A, that is, a pair.
  • Each outer protrusion 20B has a brake surface 21 at the tip on the outer side in the radial direction, which faces the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 and can come into contact with the inner peripheral surface 14.
  • the brake surface 21 has substantially the same curvature as the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and as shown in FIG. 3, the outer side of the brake surface 21 in the circumferential direction (the outer side in the circumferential direction with respect to each brake shoe 20). Is arranged so as to come into contact with the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11. As a result, when the brake shoe 20 is urged outward in the radial direction, the peripheral end region of the brake surface 21 in the circumferential direction is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
  • the central protrusion 20C is provided at the central portion in the circumferential direction of the outer periphery of the main body portion 20A.
  • a support surface 26 capable of contacting the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is provided at the radial outer tip of the central protrusion 20C.
  • the support surface 26 is provided at the center between the pair of brake surfaces 21.
  • the support surface 26 has substantially the same curvature as the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and has a cylindrical surface shape along the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
  • the support surface 26 is separated from the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 in a state where the brake shoe 20 and the output side rotating member 30 are not loaded.
  • the brake shoe 20 has a cylindrical outer peripheral surface having a diameter smaller than that of the brake surface 21 between one of the pair of brake surfaces 21 and the support surface 26 and between the other of the pair of brake surfaces 21 and the support surface 26. Has 22. Further, the brake shoe 20 has an inner side surface 23 facing inward in the radial direction between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B.
  • each of the inner side surfaces 23 has a first contact surface 23A that inclines toward the facing surface 36 (lower side in the figure) of the output side rotating member 30 as it goes outward in the circumferential direction. doing.
  • the first contact surface 23A is in contact with the first roller 81.
  • the first protruding portion 25A is arranged at one end of the inner side surface 23 in the circumferential direction (in the present embodiment, the end in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the input side to the output side) and is directed inward in the radial direction. It is protruding.
  • the second protruding portion 25B is arranged at the other end of the inner side surface 23 in the circumferential direction and protrudes inward in the radial direction.
  • the output side rotating member 30 is arranged inside the brake shoe 20 in the radial direction. As shown in FIG. 2, the output side rotating member 30 includes a shaft-shaped working portion 31, a first shaft portion 32, an intermediate shaft portion 33A, a second shaft portion 33B, an output gear 35, and a recess 37. It is configured with.
  • the acting portion 31 is a recess on the inner peripheral side of the brake shoe 20 at the tip of the first protruding portion 25A and the tip of the second protruding portion 25B of each brake shoe 20 (the portion closest to the rotation axis X1). It is arranged so as to intersect with the straight line L1 connecting the portions that are both ends of the above.
  • the acting portion 31 is formed in the recess between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B formed by the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B protruding from the inner surface 23 of the brake shoe 20. Is intruded.
  • the first shaft portion 32 is arranged on the output side of the working portion 31.
  • the intermediate shaft portion 33A protrudes from the working portion 31 toward the input side and is coaxial with the first shaft portion 32.
  • the second shaft portion 33B protrudes from the intermediate shaft portion 33A to the input side and is coaxial with the first shaft portion 32.
  • the second shaft portion 33B is slightly thinner than the intermediate shaft portion 33A.
  • the output gear 35 is arranged on the output side of the first shaft portion 32, and projects to the output side through the shaft support hole 12A of the side wall portion 12 (see FIG. 4).
  • the recess 37 is formed at the end of the output gear 35 on the input side.
  • the recess 37 is arranged on the rotation axis X1 of the output side rotation member 30. As shown in FIG. 4, the recess 37 accommodates a part of the shaft portion 77A of the screw 77 for attaching the lever 75 for rotating the input side rotating member 40.
  • the working portion 31 has an facing surface 36 facing the inner side surface 23 of the brake shoe 20 and a connecting surface 38 on the outer periphery thereof.
  • Three facing surfaces 36 are provided on the outer periphery of the working portion 31 corresponding to the inner surface 23 of each brake shoe 20.
  • a pair of first rollers 81 are arranged between each inner side surface 23 and each facing surface 36.
  • the connecting surface 38 is a portion that connects each of the facing surfaces 36 in the circumferential direction, and is provided between a pair of facing surfaces 36 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the outer periphery of the working portion 31, for a total of three.
  • the connecting surface 38 is formed as a curved surface having an arc shape in cross section centered on the rotation axis X1 of the output side rotating member 30.
  • the facing surface 36 has a second contact surface 36A capable of contacting the first roller 81 at both ends on the outer side of the facing surface 36 in the circumferential direction.
  • the second contact surface 36A is inclined so as to approach the inner side surface 23 as it goes outward in the circumferential direction.
  • a total of three pairs of first rollers 81 are arranged between the inner side surface 23 of each brake shoe 20 and the corresponding facing surfaces 36 of the output side rotating member 30.
  • the pair of first rollers 81 is an example of a pair of movable pieces.
  • the first roller 81 is arranged between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction.
  • the first roller 81A the one arranged on the counterclockwise side in FIG. 3
  • the one arranged in is referred to as the first roller 81B.
  • the first roller 81 is sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 in a state where the brake shoe 20 and the output side rotating member 30 are not loaded.
  • the facing surface 36 indirectly pushes the inner surface 23 of the brake shoe 20 via the first roller 81, and the brake shoe 20 is the brake surface. 21 is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
  • the first roller 81 is sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 to generate a braking force of the brake shoe 20.
  • the first spring 86 is a compression coil spring, and is provided one by one between the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B.
  • the first spring 86 urges the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B so as to be separated from each other in the circumferential direction. As a result, the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B are urged on the narrow side of the space formed between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36.
  • the input-side rotating member 40 is rotatable around the rotation axis X1.
  • the input-side rotating member 40 is a member capable of outputting the rotation of the ratchet portion 2 and contacting the brake shoe 20 of the brake portion 3 in the circumferential direction to apply rotational torque to the brake shoe 20.
  • the input side rotating member 40 includes a cylindrical pressure receiving ring portion 41, a side wall portion 43 extending radially inward from the output side end portion of the pressure receiving ring portion 41, a plurality of engaging portions 42, and a guide convex portion 44. It has a plurality of contact protrusions 46 and a plurality of grooves 48.
  • the pressure receiving ring portion 41 has an outer peripheral surface 41A and an inner peripheral surface 41B. Both the outer peripheral surface 41A and the inner peripheral surface 41B are cylindrical surfaces having no unevenness.
  • the side wall portion 43 has a hole 43A.
  • An engaging portion 42, a guide convex portion 44, a contact convex portion 46, and a groove 48 are provided along the inner circumference of the side wall portion 43 in the radial direction.
  • the engaging portion 42 projects from the inner peripheral edge of the side wall portion 43 toward the output side in the axial direction.
  • a total of 6 engaging portions 42 are provided, two for each brake shoe 20.
  • the two engaging portions 42 corresponding to the brake shoes 20 are the first engaging portion 42A arranged between the first roller 81A and the first protruding portion 25A, and the first roller 81B and the second protruding portion 25B. It includes a second engaging portion 42B arranged between them.
  • the size of the first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B in the circumferential direction is smaller than the size of the contact convex portion 46 in the circumferential direction.
  • the acting portion 31 of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged inside the hole 43A of the side wall portion 43.
  • the radial inner surface of the engaging portion 42 has a cylindrical surface along the connecting surface 38, and by fitting with the connecting surface 38 of the working portion 31, the input side rotating member 40 becomes the output side rotating member. Alignment with the working portion 31 of 30 is made.
  • the first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B have a function of releasing the braking force by the brake shoe 20 and rotating the brake shoe 20.
  • the first engaging portion 42A is one of a pair of movable pieces, and the first roller 81A
  • the second engaging portion 42B pushes the second protruding portion 25B to rotate the brake shoe 20 in the first rotation direction.
  • the second engaging portion 42B is paired.
  • the first roller 81B which is the other side of the movable piece, is pushed to release the braking force, and the first engaging portion 42A pushes the first protruding portion 25A to rotate the brake shoe 20 in the second rotation direction.
  • the guide convex portion 44 is provided so as to project inward in the radial direction on the inner peripheral edge of the side wall portion 43.
  • the guide convex portion 44 is arranged so as to face the connecting surface 38 of the acting portion 31.
  • the guide convex portion 44 has a cylindrical surface along the connecting surface 38, and by fitting with the connecting surface 38, the input side rotating member 40 is aligned with the acting portion 31 of the output side rotating member 30.
  • the contact convex portion 46 faces the facing surface 36, projects inward in the radial direction, and can come into contact with the acting portion 31.
  • the contact convex portion 46 has a convex surface portion 47 projecting inward in the radial direction.
  • Each convex surface portion 47 faces the facing surface 36.
  • Each convex surface portion 47 has a top portion 47A projecting inward in the most radial direction, a release surface 47B adjacent to the clockwise side of FIG. 7 with respect to the top portion 47A, and a flank surface 47C adjacent to the counterclockwise side of FIG. Has.
  • the rotation torque in the counterclockwise direction of FIG. 7 due to the weight of the occupant sitting on the vehicle seat S is input to the output side rotation member 30, and the input side rotation member 40 is referred to as the rotation torque.
  • the rotation torque It is abbreviated as the time when the second engaging portion 42B abuts on the second protruding portion 25B of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction when rotated in the opposite rotation direction (clockwise direction in FIG. 7) (see FIG. 13).
  • it has a shape capable of transmitting rotational torque to the output side rotating member 30 by contacting the facing surface 36 (the portion of the release surface 47B close to the top 47A). That is, the input-side rotating member 40 can come into contact with the output-side rotating member 30 to rotate the output-side rotating member 30.
  • the flank 47C is when the input side rotating member 40 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction of FIG. 3 and the first engaging portion 42A comes into contact with the first protruding portion 25A of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction (FIG. 14). (See), the shape is such that it does not abut on the facing surface 36. However, the flank 47C may have a shape that exerts the same function as the release surface 47B. In other words, a release surface may be provided corresponding to each rotation direction.
  • the groove 48 is formed between the first engaging portion 42A and the contact convex portion 46, between the second engaging portion 42B and the contact convex portion 46, between the first engaging portion 42A and the guide convex portion 44, and the second. It is provided between the engaging portion 42B and the guide convex portion 44, respectively.
  • the first engaging portion 42A, the second engaging portion 42B, the guide convex portion 44, the contact convex portion 46, and the groove 48 are arranged on one circumference C1 centered on the rotation axis X1 of the output side rotating member 30. ing.
  • the first engaging portion 42A, the second engaging portion 42B, the guide convex portion 44, and the contact convex portion 46 are arranged in different phases on the same circumference C1 to reduce the size of the input side rotating member 40. Can be done.
  • the friction member 90 is a member that generates an auxiliary braking force for suppressing the sudden start of operation of the output side rotating member 30 at the moment when the braking force of the braking portion 3 is cut off. ..
  • the friction member 90 is arranged between the brake shoe 20 and the side wall portion 12 of the outer ring member 10.
  • the friction member 90 has a plate-shaped main body portion 91 and three spacing holding portions 92 protruding from the main body portion 91 toward the input side.
  • the main body 91 has a fitting hole 93 at the center that matches the outer peripheral shape of the working portion 31. Further, the main body 91 has a plurality of friction protrusions 94 protruding outward in the radial direction on the outer periphery.
  • the main body 91 has a plurality of through holes 95 for weight reduction. Since the through hole 95 overlaps with the hole 12H of the outer ring member 10 when viewed from the axial direction (not shown), the phase of the friction member 90 can be determined by inserting the pin described above at the time of assembly.
  • the friction member 90 rotates integrally with the output side rotating member 30.
  • the friction protrusion 94 has a dimension of pressure contact with the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and when the friction protrusion 94 presses against the inner peripheral surface 14, appropriate friction between the friction protrusion 94 and the inner peripheral surface 14 Force is generated.
  • the interval holding portion 92 is a portion arranged between the brake shoes 20 in the circumferential direction to hold the interval in the rotation direction of the brake shoes 20.
  • a plurality of interval holding portions 92 are provided according to the number of brake shoes 20, and here, three are provided.
  • Each interval holding portion 92 is arranged in a substantially triangular space surrounded by two brake shoes 20 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction and a connecting surface 38 of the output side rotating member 30. That is, since the space holding portion 92 is arranged by effectively utilizing the space between the two brake shoes 20 and the output side rotating member 30, it is possible to suppress the increase in size of the brake portion 3.
  • the material constituting the friction member 90 is not particularly limited, but the friction member 90 is made of, for example, resin. If the friction member 90 is made of resin, a complicated shape can be easily made, and since noise is less likely to be generated when sliding with the inner peripheral surface 14, the noise during operation of the brake portion 3 should be quiet. Can be done.
  • the housing 100 includes an outer ring member 10 and a cover member 60, and the housing 100 includes a brake shoe 20, an acting portion 31 of the output side rotating member 30, and input side rotation. It houses a member 40, an operation ring 150, a regulation member 71, a first roller 81, a second roller 82, a first spring 86, a second spring 87, and a friction member 90.
  • the housing 100 includes a first bearing portion 13 that pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30, and a second bearing portion 67 that is located away from the first bearing portion 13 in the axial direction. It has a second bearing portion 67 that pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30.
  • the second bearing portion 67 is provided on the cover member 60.
  • the cover member 60 is made of a metal plate, and has a cover portion 61, a ratchet accommodating portion 62, a diameter-expanded portion 63, an outer ring fitting portion 64, a mounting flange 65, and a spring engaging portion 66.
  • the cover portion 61 is made of a plate having a circular contour.
  • the cover portion 61 is arranged on the input side of the input side rotating member 40, the second roller 82, and the second spring 87 in the axial direction.
  • the cover portion 61 regulates the input side rotating member 40, the second roller 82, and the second spring 87 from moving toward the input side in the axial direction.
  • the cover portion 61 has a circular through hole 61B into which the second shaft portion 33B of the output side rotating member 30 fits.
  • the ring-shaped portion around the through hole 61B is the second bearing portion 67.
  • the cover portion 61 has three arc holes 61D arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction and fitting holes 61C located radially outside the arc holes 61D and arranged at three equal intervals in the circumferential direction. And a funnel-shaped recess 61P formed around the through hole 61B.
  • the arc hole 61D is provided corresponding to the operation engaging portion 152 of the operation ring 150, and is formed in an arc shape longer in the circumferential direction than the operation engagement portion 152. As a result, the arc hole 61D accepts the operation engaging portion 152, and the operation engaging portion 152 can move in the arc hole 61D within a predetermined angle range.
  • the fitting holes 61C are three through holes provided corresponding to the three regulation portions 71B of the regulation member 71 (see also FIG. 2) so that the regulation member 71 does not rotate relative to the cover member 60. It is fitted with the cover member 60.
  • the regulating portion 71B is press-fitted into the fitting hole 61C.
  • the recess 61P is a funnel-shaped portion that is recessed on the output side in the axial direction. Since the recess 61P is recessed on the output side in the axial direction, the second bearing portion 67 is located on the output side by that amount, and the axial length of the output side rotating member 30 can be shortened. As a result, the weight of the output side rotating member 30 can be reduced.
  • the ratchet accommodating portion 62 is a cylindrical plate extending from the radial outer end of the cover portion 61 to the output side in the axial direction.
  • the ratchet accommodating portion 62 accommodates the parts of the ratchet accommodating portion 2.
  • the diameter-expanded portion 63 is a ring-shaped plate extending radially outward from the output-side end of the ratchet accommodating portion 62.
  • the outer ring fitting portion 64 has a cylindrical shape extending from the radial outer end of the enlarged diameter portion 63 to the output side in the axial direction. As shown in FIG. 4, the outer ring fitting portion 64 fits on the outer peripheral surface 15 of the outer ring 11. Then, the inner peripheral surface 64G of the outer ring fitting portion 64 is welded to the outer peripheral surface 15 of the outer ring 11 by irradiating the laser beam of laser welding from the radial outside of the outer ring fitting portion 64 (FIG. 4). , Refer to the welded portion W1 shown in phase shift).
  • the mounting flange 65 extends radially outward from the outer ring fitting portion 64.
  • the mounting flange 65 is a portion for mounting the brake device 1 on another member, and has a plurality of mounting holes 65A for passing bolts and rivets (not shown).
  • the spring engaging portion 66 is a plate-shaped portion extending from the lower end of the outer ring fitting portion 64 to the input side in the axial direction.
  • the spring engaging portion 66 engages with the return spring 85.
  • the spring engaging portion 66 has a detachment prevention portion 66B extending on both sides in the circumferential direction at an end portion on the input side.
  • the first shaft portion 32 is pivotally supported by the first bearing portion 13 of the outer ring member 10. Then, the input-side end of the first bearing portion 13 comes into contact with the output-side side surface of the action portion 31 of the output-side rotating member 30 in the axial direction, so that the output-side rotating member 30 is on one side in the axial direction ( Restrict movement to the output side). Further, in the output side rotating member 30, the second shaft portion 33B is pivotally supported by the second bearing portion 67 of the cover member 60.
  • the operation ring 150 can be rotated in a predetermined angle range from the neutral position N (see FIG. 1) together with the operation member 110 by engaging with the operation member 110.
  • the lever 75 (see FIGS. 1 and 4) is fixed to the operating member 110.
  • the operation ring 150 is a member that transmits the rotational torque from the lever 75 to the input side rotating member 40 via the second roller 82 by moving integrally with the input side rotating member 40 via the second roller 82. is there. Therefore, the operation ring 150 has a ring portion 151 and an operation engagement portion 152.
  • the ring portion 151 has a ring-shaped side wall portion 151A and an outer peripheral portion 151B extending from the radial outer end portion of the side wall portion 151A to the input side.
  • the operation engaging portion 152 is provided so as to project from the ring portion 151 toward the input side in the axial direction. Three operation engaging portions 152 are arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.
  • the side wall portion 151A has a circular through hole 151C, and the through hole 151C has an inner diameter slightly larger than the outer diameter of the intermediate shaft portion 33A of the output side rotating member 30. By fitting the through hole 151C with the intermediate shaft portion 33A, the operation ring 150 can rotate around the output side rotating member 30.
  • the ring portion 151 has three arcuate small diameter portions 153 on the outer peripheral surface and a working surface that extends continuously in the circumferential direction from the small diameter portion 153 and gradually becomes larger in diameter than the small diameter portion 153. It has 155 and.
  • the ring portion 151 has three protruding portions 154 that protrude from the working surface 155 so as to approach the inner peripheral surface 41B of the pressure receiving ring portion 41 that is the load input surface.
  • the small diameter portion 153 and the protruding portion 154 are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction, and a total of six working surfaces 155 are arranged between the protruding portion 154 and the small diameter portion 153 that are adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction.
  • the working surface 155 is radially opposed to the inner peripheral surface 41B. Further, the working surface 155 is not parallel to the inner peripheral surface 41B, and is formed so that the distance from the inner peripheral surface 41B becomes narrower as it approaches the protruding portion 154.
  • a second roller 82 is arranged between each working surface 155 and the inner peripheral surface 41B of the pressure receiving ring portion 41, respectively. As will be understood in the operation description described later, the second roller 82 engages and disengages the operation ring 150 and the input side rotating member 40 to transmit and disconnect the input torque. A total of six second rollers 82 are arranged corresponding to each working surface 155.
  • the regulating member 71 is a member that regulates the position of the second roller 82, and is a side wall portion 71A arranged on the output side of the plurality of second rollers 82 and the operation ring 150, and from the outer peripheral edge of the side wall portion 71A to the input side. It is configured with three regulatory units 71B extending toward it.
  • the regulating portion 71B is longer than the axial length of the second roller 82, and its tip is press-fitted into the fitting hole 61C of the cover member 60 (see also FIG. 5).
  • the regulation member 71 has a hole 71C in which the intermediate shaft portion 33A of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged at the center.
  • the regulating portion 71B is arranged at the same rotational position on the radial outer side of the protruding portion 154 when the lever 75 is not operated, and is located between the working surface 155 and the pressure receiving ring portion 41.
  • the movement of the second roller 82 in the circumferential direction is restricted.
  • a second spring 87 made of a compression coil spring is arranged between the two second rollers 82 arranged between the adjacent regulation portions 71B with an initial load applied to each of them. Therefore, when the second roller 82 is not operating in FIG. 8, each second roller 82 is in contact with the regulating portion 71B.
  • the regulating portion 71B is arranged so as to include a portion where the center of the second roller 82 is located in the radial direction, and is in contact with the portion of the second roller 82 that protrudes most in the circumferential direction.
  • the regulating unit 71B can stably support the second roller 82.
  • the second roller 82 is shown in contact with the regulating portion 71B, but the second roller 82 is sandwiched between the working surface 155 and the inner peripheral surface 41B, so that the regulating portion 71B is held. It may be slightly away from.
  • the second roller 82 is a member that is sandwiched between the working surface 155 and the inner peripheral surface 41B of the input side rotating member 40 so that the input side rotating member 40 follows the rotating operation of the operation ring 150.
  • a plurality of second rollers 82 are arranged between the inner peripheral surface 41B of the input side rotating member 40 and the working surface 155. Specifically, a total of six second rollers 82 are provided at positions corresponding to the respective working surfaces 155 of the operation ring 150.
  • the second spring 87 urges the two second rollers 82 arranged between the adjacent regulating portions 71B so as to keep the two second rollers 82 away from each other, whereby each of the second rollers 82 of the input side rotating member 40 It is urged toward the narrower gap between the inner peripheral surface 41B and the working surface 155.
  • the operating member 110 is a member to which the lever 75 is attached.
  • the operation member 110 is a member that rotates around the rotation axis X1 together with the lever 75, thereby rotating and operating the input side rotation member 40.
  • the operation member 110 is arranged on the input side in the axial direction with respect to the cover member 60.
  • the operating member 110 has a mounting surface portion 111, a first extending portion 113 extending upward and downward from the mounting surface portion 111, and a second extending portion 114 extending laterally from the mounting surface portion 111.
  • the mounting surface portion 111 has a disk shape orthogonal to the rotation axis X1.
  • the mounting surface portion 111 has an engaging hole 112, a first positioning convex portion 115, a second positioning convex portion 116, and a mounting hole 118 centered on the rotation axis X1.
  • the engaging holes 112 are through holes extending in an arc shape in the circumferential direction, and three engaging holes 112 are provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.
  • the edge of the engaging hole 112 is welded to the operating engaging portion 152 by laser welding at the welded portion W3 in a state where the operating engaging portion 152 is engaged (see also FIG. 5).
  • the first positioning convex portion 115 is a portion that protrudes toward the output side in the axial direction, and is provided with three portions at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. Each first positioning convex portion 115 extends in an arc shape centered on the rotation axis X1 and is orthogonal to the rotation axis X1 of the operating member 110 with respect to the cover member 60 by engaging with the tapered concave portion 61P. Approximate positioning in the direction of rotation is performed (see FIG. 4).
  • the second positioning convex portion 116 is a portion protruding toward the output side in the axial direction, and three of the second positioning convex portions 116 are provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.
  • the second positioning convex portion 116 is formed in a dot shape when viewed from the axial direction. As shown in FIG. 4, the second positioning convex portion 116 is brought into contact with the cover portion 61 of the cover member 60 so that the operation member 110 is positioned in the axial direction with respect to the cover member 60.
  • the mounting hole 118 is a hole into which the shaft portion 77A of the screw 77 for fixing the lever 75 to the operating member 110 is screwed.
  • the first extending portion 113 is provided on a part of the outer peripheral portion of the operating member 110, here, on the upper portion and the lower portion.
  • Each first extending portion 113 has an axially protruding portion 113A that projects toward the input side in the axial direction by being bent.
  • each of the first extending portions 113 has a spring engaging portion 113B extending from the axially protruding portion 113A to the output side in the axial direction and a disengagement extending from the end of the spring engaging portion 113B on the input side to both sides in the circumferential direction. It has a prevention unit 113C.
  • the second extending portion 114 is provided in a part of the outer peripheral portion of the operating member 110, in this case, in front of the vehicle seat S.
  • the second extending portion 114 has an axially protruding portion 114A that protrudes toward the input side in the axial direction by being bent.
  • the return spring 85 is an arc-shaped leaf spring, and has return engaging portions 85A extending radially outward at both ends.
  • the return spring 85 constantly urges the operating member 110 and the operating ring 150 toward the neutral position N.
  • the return engaging portion 85A is placed below the spring engaging portion 66 of the cover member 60 and one spring engaging portion 113B of the operating member 110. It is engaged with the spring engaging portion 113B located.
  • the lever 75 is a lever that rotates integrally with the operating member 110.
  • the lever 75 has a notch 75A, an engagement hole 75B, a guide hole 75C, and a mounting hole 75D.
  • the notch 75A is a notch formed in the upper and lower edges of the lever 75.
  • Each notch 75A engages with the axial protrusion 113A to position the lever 75 in the rotational direction with respect to the operating member 110.
  • the engagement hole 75B is a hole located in front of the vehicle seat S with respect to the rotation axis X1.
  • the engaging hole 75B engages with the axially projecting portion 113A to position the lever 75 in the rotational direction with respect to the operating member 110.
  • Three guide holes 75C are provided at positions and shapes corresponding to the three operation engaging portions 152.
  • the guide hole 75C guides the approximate direction of the lever 75 with respect to the operating member 110 when the lever 75 is assembled to the operating member 110.
  • the mounting hole 75D is a through hole through which the shaft portion 77A of the screw 77 passes when the lever 75 is mounted on the operating member 110.
  • the facing surface 36 pushes the first roller 81B with the force F1
  • the first roller 81B pushes the inner side surface 23 with the force F2.
  • the pair of brake surfaces 21 are pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 by the force F3.
  • a frictional force is generated between the brake surface 21 and the inner peripheral surface 14, so that the output side rotating member 30 does not rotate. That is, a braking force is generated to prevent the vehicle seat S from lowering.
  • the support surface 26 is separated from the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
  • the first roller 81A is separated from the adjacent first engaging portion 42A in the counterclockwise direction. Therefore, not only the first roller 81B is sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23, but also the first roller 81A is maintained in a state of being sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23 by the urging force of the first spring 86. can do.
  • the friction member 90 gives resistance to the rotation of the output side rotating member 30 with respect to the outer ring 11, so that the output side rotating member 30 may rotate rapidly. It is suppressed.
  • the first bearing portion 13 of the housing 100 regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to one side in the axial direction
  • the second bearing portion 67 regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to one side in the axial direction. Regulate movement to. Therefore, the durability of the brake device 1 can be increased.
  • the first engaging portion 42A of the input side rotating member 40 is arranged between the first protruding portion 25A and the pair of first rollers 81, and the first engaging portion 42A of the input side rotating member 40 is arranged between the second protruding portion 25B and the pair of first rollers 81.
  • the brake shoe 20 has a recess provided on the inner side surface 23 by having the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B, and the first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B have a recess. Since it is arranged in this recessed space, the space between the outer ring 11 and the output side rotating member 30 can be effectively used. As a result, the brake shoe 20 can be made smaller and lighter.
  • first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B not only have a function of pushing the brake shoe 20 in the rotational direction to rotate the brake shoe 20, but also push the first roller 81 in the rotational direction to release the braking force. It also has the function of That is, since the first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B have two functions, the brake device 1 can be made smaller and lighter.
  • the brake device 1 can be made smaller and lighter by effectively utilizing the space between the output side rotating members 30.
  • the weight of the input side rotating member 40 can be reduced and the weight of the brake device 1 can be reduced.
  • the brake shoe 20 is arranged so that the acting portion 31 is inserted into the recess between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B, so that the space between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B is formed.
  • the brake device 1 can be made smaller and lighter by effectively utilizing the above.
  • the output-side rotating member 30 has a recess 37 on the rotation axis X1 for accommodating a screw 77 for attaching a lever 75 for rotating the input-side rotating member 40, thereby making the output-side rotating member 30 lightweight.
  • the weight of the brake device 1 can be reduced.
  • the brake device 1A As shown in FIG. 15, the brake device 1A is applied to a height adjusting mechanism for adjusting the height of the seat cushion S1 of the vehicle seat S as an example of the vehicle seat.
  • the lever 59 is attached to the operating member 55 of the brake device 1A. Then, by operating the lever 59, the height of the seat cushion S1 can be adjusted by rotating the output side rotating member 30, which will be described later, to drive the height adjustment mechanism.
  • the lever 59 when the lever 59 is raised from the neutral position N, the seat cushion S1 is raised by a predetermined amount, and when the lever 59 is lowered from the neutral position N, the seat cushion S1 is lowered by a predetermined amount.
  • the lever 59 is returned from the upper or lower position to the neutral position N, the output side rotating member 30 does not rotate.
  • the brake device 1A is configured such that each member is housed in a housing 100.
  • the housing 100 is composed of a combination of an outer ring member 10, a first cover member 160, and a second cover member 170.
  • the left side of FIG. 16 in which the operating member 55 is arranged is referred to as an “input side”
  • the right side of FIG. 16 in which the output gear 35 of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged is referred to as an “output side”. ..
  • the brake device 1A is provided on the input side and is provided on the ratchet portion 2 for transmitting and shutting off the input torque due to the rotational operation of the operating member 55, and is provided on the output side and is provided on the output side to transmit the input torque from the ratchet portion 2 to the output side rotating member 30. It is provided with a brake unit 3 that transmits the torque to the output gear 35 and cuts off the reverse input torque from the output gear 35.
  • the ratchet portion 2 includes an operation member 55, an operation ring 51, a second roller 82 as an example of the second movable piece, and a second spring 87.
  • the return spring 85 and the input side rotating member 40 are provided.
  • the brake unit 3 includes an outer ring member 10, a brake shoe 20, an output side rotating member 30, an input side rotating member 40, a first roller 81, a first spring 86, and a friction member 90.
  • the input-side rotating member 40 is an output member of the ratchet section 2 and an input member of the brake section 3, and can be said to be any component of the ratchet section 2 and the brake section 3.
  • the outer ring member 10 includes an outer ring 11, a side wall portion 12, and a first bearing portion 13.
  • the outer ring 11 is made of a ring having a predetermined thickness, and has a cylindrical inner peripheral surface 14, a cylindrical outer peripheral surface 15, and a side surface 16 connecting the inner peripheral surface 14 and the outer peripheral surface 15 on the input side. ..
  • the side wall portion 12 extends radially inward from the output side end portion of the outer ring 11.
  • the side wall portion 12 regulates the movement of the brake shoe 20 to one side (output side) in the axial direction of the output side rotating member 30.
  • the axial direction of the output side rotating member 30 is simply referred to as "axial direction”.
  • a circular shaft support hole 12A coaxial with the inner peripheral surface 14 is formed in the side wall portion 12.
  • the first bearing portion 13 is a circular flange extending from the edge of the shaft support hole 12A to the output side.
  • the first bearing portion 13 pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30. That is, in the outer ring member 10, the first bearing portion 13 is integrally formed with the side wall portion 12.
  • a plurality of holes 12H are provided in the side wall portion 12.
  • the plurality of holes 12H support the brake shoe 20 from below when the outer ring member 10 is placed with the output side facing down and the brake shoe 20 is placed in the outer ring 11 when the brake device 1A is assembled. It is a hole for passing a pin as a tool.
  • the brake shoe 20 is arranged at a predetermined height (position in the axial direction) regardless of the accuracy of the side wall portion 12, and the first roller 81 or the like is used. Parts can be assembled.
  • the outer ring member 10 can be formed by forging or press molding.
  • the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is formed with the same mold as the mold for forming the inner peripheral surface of the first bearing portion 13, or the inner peripheral surface 14 is formed.
  • the center of the inner peripheral surface 14 and the center of the first bearing portion 13 can be accurately aligned.
  • the brake shoes 20 are members that generate a braking force with the outer ring 11, and three brake shoes 20 are arranged inside the outer ring 11 in the radial direction so as to be arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.
  • the brake shoe 20 has a main body portion 20A extending in the circumferential direction, an outer protruding portion 20B and a central protrusion 20C protruding radially outward on the outer circumference of the main body portion 20A, and a diameter at each end portion in the circumferential direction of the inner circumference of the main body portion 20A. It is configured to have a first protruding portion 25A and a second protruding portion 25B protruding inward in the direction.
  • the radial direction and the circumferential direction are based on the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
  • Each outer protrusion 20B is provided on each brake shoe 20 at both ends in the circumferential direction of the outer circumference of the main body 20A, that is, a pair.
  • Each outer protrusion 20B has a brake surface 21 at the tip on the outer side in the radial direction, which faces the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 and can come into contact with the inner peripheral surface 14.
  • the brake surface 21 has substantially the same curvature as the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and as shown in FIG. 17, the outer side of the brake surface 21 in the circumferential direction (the outer side in the circumferential direction with respect to each brake shoe 20). Is arranged so as to come into contact with the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11. As a result, when the brake shoe 20 is urged outward in the radial direction, the peripheral end region of the brake surface 21 in the circumferential direction is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
  • the central protrusion 20C is provided at the central portion in the circumferential direction of the outer periphery of the main body portion 20A.
  • a support surface 26 capable of contacting the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is provided at the radial outer tip of the central protrusion 20C.
  • the support surface 26 is provided at the center between the pair of brake surfaces 21.
  • the support surface 26 has substantially the same curvature as the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and has a cylindrical surface shape along the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
  • the support surface 26 is separated from the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 in a state where the brake shoe 20 and the output side rotating member 30 are not loaded.
  • the brake shoe 20 has a cylindrical outer peripheral surface having a diameter smaller than that of the brake surface 21 between one of the pair of brake surfaces 21 and the support surface 26 and between the other of the pair of brake surfaces 21 and the support surface 26. Has 22. Further, the brake shoe 20 has an inner side surface 23 facing inward in the radial direction between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B.
  • each of the inner side surfaces 23 has a first contact surface 23A that inclines toward the facing surface 36 (lower side in the figure) of the output side rotating member 30 as it goes outward in the circumferential direction. doing.
  • the first contact surface 23A is in contact with the first roller 81.
  • the first protruding portion 25A is arranged at one end of the inner side surface 23 in the circumferential direction (in the present embodiment, the end in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the input side to the output side) and is directed inward in the radial direction. It is protruding.
  • the second protruding portion 25B is arranged at the other end of the inner side surface 23 in the circumferential direction and protrudes inward in the radial direction.
  • the output side rotating member 30 is arranged inside the brake shoe 20 in the radial direction. As shown in FIG. 16, the output-side rotating member 30 protrudes from the shaft-shaped acting portion 31, the first shaft portion 32 formed on the output side of the acting portion 31, and the acting portion 31 to the input side, and has a second position. It is configured to include a second shaft portion 33 coaxial with the first shaft portion 32, and an output gear 35 formed so as to project toward the output side of the first shaft portion 32. The output gear 35 projects to the output side through the shaft support hole 12A of the side wall portion 12 (see FIG. 18).
  • the working portion 31 has an facing surface 36 facing the inner side surface 23 of the brake shoe 20 and a connecting surface 38 on the outer periphery thereof.
  • Three facing surfaces 36 are provided on the outer periphery of the working portion 31 corresponding to the inner surface 23 of each brake shoe 20.
  • a pair of first rollers 81 are arranged between each inner side surface 23 and each facing surface 36.
  • the connecting surface 38 is a portion that connects each of the facing surfaces 36 in the circumferential direction, and is provided between a pair of facing surfaces 36 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the outer periphery of the working portion 31, for a total of three.
  • the connecting surface 38 is formed as a curved surface having an arc shape in cross section centered on the rotation axis X1 of the output side rotating member 30.
  • the facing surface 36 has a second contact surface 36A capable of contacting the first roller 81 at both ends on the outer side of the facing surface 36 in the circumferential direction.
  • the second contact surface 36A is inclined so as to approach the inner side surface 23 as it goes outward in the circumferential direction.
  • a total of three pairs of first rollers 81 are arranged between the inner side surface 23 of each brake shoe 20 and the corresponding facing surfaces 36 of the output side rotating member 30.
  • the pair of first rollers 81 is an example of a pair of first movable pieces.
  • the first roller 81 is arranged between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction.
  • the first roller 81A the one arranged on the counterclockwise side in FIG. 19
  • the one arranged in is referred to as the first roller 81B.
  • the first roller 81 is sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 in a state where the brake shoe 20 and the output side rotating member 30 are not loaded.
  • the facing surface 36 indirectly pushes the inner surface 23 of the brake shoe 20 via the first roller 81, and the brake shoe 20 is the brake surface. 21 is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
  • the first roller 81 is sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 to generate a braking force of the brake shoe 20.
  • the first spring 86 is a compression coil spring, and is provided one by one between the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B.
  • the first spring 86 urges the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B so as to be separated from each other in the circumferential direction. As a result, the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B are urged on the narrow side of the space formed between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36.
  • the input-side rotating member 40 is rotatable around the rotation axis X1 of the output-side rotating member 30.
  • the input-side rotating member 40 is a member capable of outputting the rotation of the ratchet portion 2 and contacting the brake shoe 20 of the brake portion 3 in the circumferential direction to apply rotational torque to the brake shoe 20.
  • the input side rotating member 40 has a cylindrical pressure receiving ring portion 41 and a plurality of engaging portions 42 protruding from the output side end portion of the pressure receiving ring portion 41 toward the output side in the axial direction.
  • the pressure receiving ring portion 41 has an outer peripheral surface 41A and an inner peripheral surface 41B.
  • the outer peripheral surface 41A is a cylindrical surface having no unevenness.
  • the inner peripheral surface 41B has a convex surface portion 47 projecting inward in the radial direction as a part of the cylindrical surface.
  • a total of six engaging portions 42 are provided, two for each brake shoe 20.
  • the two engaging portions 42 corresponding to the brake shoes 20 are the first engaging portion 42A arranged between the first roller 81A and the first protruding portion 25A, and the first roller 81B and the second protruding portion 25B. It includes a second engaging portion 42B arranged between them.
  • the first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B have a function of releasing the braking force by the brake shoe 20 and rotating the brake shoe 20.
  • the first engaging portion 42A is one of the pair of first movable pieces.
  • the roller 81A is pushed to release the braking force, and the second engaging portion 42B pushes the second protruding portion 25B to rotate the brake shoe 20 in the first rotation direction.
  • the second engaging portion 42B is paired.
  • the first roller 81B which is the other end of the first movable piece, is pushed to release the braking force, and the first engaging portion 42A pushes the first protruding portion 25A to rotate the brake shoe 20 in the second rotation direction.
  • each convex surface portion 47 has a top portion 47A protruding most radially inward and a release surface 47B adjacent to the top portion 47A on the clockwise side (counterclockwise side in FIG. 20) of FIG. And a flank 47C adjacent to the counterclockwise side of FIG. 21 (clockwise side in FIG. 20).
  • the acting portion 31 of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged inside the pressure receiving ring portion 41.
  • the cylindrical portion is fitted with the connecting surface 38 of the working portion 31, and the convex surface portion 47 faces the facing surface 36.
  • the rotation torque in the counterclockwise direction of FIG. 21 due to the weight of the occupant sitting on the vehicle seat S is input to the output side rotation member 30, and the input side rotation member 40 is referred to as the rotation torque.
  • the rotation torque It is abbreviated as the time when the second engaging portion 42B abuts on the second protruding portion 25B of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction when rotated in the opposite rotation direction (clockwise direction in FIG. 21) (see FIG. 26).
  • it has a shape capable of transmitting rotational torque to the output side rotating member 30 by contacting the facing surface 36 (the portion of the release surface 47B close to the top 47A). That is, the input-side rotating member 40 can come into contact with the output-side rotating member 30 to rotate the output-side rotating member 30.
  • the flank 47C is when the input side rotating member 40 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction of FIG. 17 and the first engaging portion 42A comes into contact with the first protruding portion 25A of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction (FIG. 27). (See), the shape is such that it does not abut on the facing surface 36. However, the flank 47C may have a shape that exerts the same function as the release surface 47B. In other words, a release surface may be provided corresponding to each rotation direction.
  • the friction member 90 is a member that generates an auxiliary braking force for suppressing the sudden start of operation of the output side rotating member 30 at the moment when the braking force of the braking portion 3 is cut off. ..
  • the friction member 90 is arranged between the brake shoe 20 and the side wall portion 12 of the outer ring member 10.
  • the friction member 90 has a plate-shaped main body portion 91 and three spacing holding portions 92 protruding from the main body portion 91 toward the input side.
  • the main body 91 has a fitting hole 93 at the center that matches the outer peripheral shape of the working portion 31. Further, the main body 91 has a plurality of friction protrusions 94 protruding outward in the radial direction on the outer periphery.
  • the main body 91 has a plurality of through holes 95 for reducing the weight and for determining the phase of the friction member 90 by inserting the pin described above at the time of assembly.
  • the through hole 95 overlaps with the hole 12H of the outer ring member 10 when viewed from the axial direction (not shown).
  • the friction protrusion 94 has a dimension of pressure contact with the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and when the friction protrusion 94 presses against the inner peripheral surface 14, appropriate friction between the friction protrusion 94 and the inner peripheral surface 14 Force is generated.
  • the interval holding portion 92 is a portion arranged between the brake shoes 20 in the circumferential direction to hold the interval in the rotation direction of the brake shoes 20.
  • a plurality of interval holding portions 92 are provided according to the number of brake shoes 20, and here, three are provided.
  • Each interval holding portion 92 is arranged in a substantially triangular space surrounded by two brake shoes 20 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction and a connecting surface 38 of the output side rotating member 30. That is, since the space holding portion 92 is arranged by effectively utilizing the space between the two brake shoes 20 and the output side rotating member 30, it is possible to suppress the increase in size of the brake portion 3.
  • the material constituting the friction member 90 is not particularly limited, but the friction member 90 is made of, for example, resin. If the friction member 90 is made of resin, a complicated shape can be easily made, and since noise is less likely to be generated when sliding with the inner peripheral surface 14, the noise during operation of the brake portion 3 should be quiet. Can be done.
  • the housing 100 includes an outer ring member 10, a first cover member 160, and a second cover member 170, and the housing 100 includes a brake shoe 20 and an output-side rotating member.
  • the action unit 31, the input side rotating member 40, the operation ring 51, the first roller 81, the second roller 82, the first spring 86, the second spring 87, and the friction member 90 are housed.
  • the housing 100 includes a first bearing portion 13 that pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30, and a second bearing portion 175 that is located away from the first bearing portion 13 in the axial direction. It has a second bearing portion 175 that pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30.
  • the second bearing portion 175 is provided on the second cover member 170.
  • the first cover member 160 is made of a metal plate, and has a first cover portion 161, an outer ring fitting portion 162, a mounting flange 163, and a regulation protrusion 164.
  • the first cover portion 161 is made of a plate having a circular contour.
  • the first cover portion 161 is arranged on the input side of the brake shoe 20, the first roller 81, and the first spring 86 in the axial direction.
  • the second roller 82 described above is arranged on the input side of the first cover portion 161.
  • the first cover portion 161 regulates the movement of the brake shoe 20, the first roller 81, and the first spring 86 to the other side (input side) in the axial direction.
  • the first cover portion 161 regulates the movement of the second roller 82 to one side (output side) in the axial direction.
  • the first cover portion 161 has a hole 161A into which the input side rotating member 40 can be inserted. Have. The input-side rotating member 40 can rotate inside the hole 161A.
  • the outer ring fitting portion 162 has a cylindrical shape extending from the radial end of the first cover member 160 to the output side in the axial direction. As shown in FIG. 18, the outer ring fitting portion 162 is fitted to the outer peripheral surface 15 of the outer ring 11. Then, the inner peripheral surface 162G of the outer ring fitting portion 162 is welded to the outer peripheral surface 15 of the outer ring 11 by irradiating the laser beam of laser welding from the radial outside of the outer ring fitting portion 162 (FIG. 18). , Refer to the welded portion W1 shown in phase shift).
  • the mounting flange 163 extends radially outward from the outer ring fitting portion 162.
  • the mounting flange 163 is a portion for mounting the brake device 1A to another member, and has a plurality of mounting holes 163A for passing bolts and rivets (not shown).
  • the regulation protrusion 164 protrudes from the first cover portion 161 toward the input side in the axial direction. As shown in FIG. 21, the regulation protrusion 164 is arranged between the plurality of second rollers 82. The regulation protrusion 164 comes into contact with the second roller 82 at a position where the distance from the rotation axis X1 of the output side rotating member 30 is smaller than the center of the second roller 82. Therefore, the second roller 82 is urged outward in the radial direction by the reaction force received from the regulation protrusion 164. That is, the second roller 82 is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 52 of the operation ring 51 in a state of being in contact with the regulation protrusion 164.
  • the second cover member 170 is made of a metal plate, and has a second cover portion 171, a guide portion 172, a positioning portion 173, a cover fitting portion 174, and a second bearing portion 175 (FIG. 16). 18) and.
  • the second cover portion 171 is made of a plate having a circular contour.
  • the second cover portion 171 is arranged on the input side of the operation ring 51, the input side rotating member 40, the second roller 82, and the second spring 87 in the axial direction.
  • the second cover portion 171 regulates the movement of the operation ring 51, the input side rotating member 40, the second roller 82, and the second spring 87 to the other side (input side) in the axial direction.
  • the second cover portion 171 has a through hole 171B in the center in which the second shaft portion 33 of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged.
  • the portion around the through hole 171B of the second cover portion 171 is the second bearing portion 175.
  • the second cover portion 171 has three holes 171C extending in an arc shape along the circumferential direction.
  • the hole 171C defines the orientation of the second cover member 170 with respect to the first cover member 160 by engaging the regulation protrusion 164.
  • the regulation protrusion 164 engaged with the hole 171C protrudes from the second cover portion 171 toward the input side (see FIG. 19).
  • the guide portion 172 is a plate extending from the radial end of the second cover portion 171 to the output side in the axial direction.
  • the guide portion 172 extends in an arc shape along the outer side of the outer peripheral surface 53A of the operation ring 51.
  • Two guide portions 172 are provided so as to be separated from each other in the circumferential direction.
  • the guide unit 172 guides the rotational operation of the operation ring 51 from the outside.
  • the positioning portion 173 is a portion extending radially outward from the output side end of the guide portion 172.
  • the positioning unit 173 determines the position of the second cover member 170 in the axial direction by contacting the first cover unit 161 from the input side (see FIG. 18).
  • the cover fitting portion 174 is a plate extending from the radial outer end of the positioning portion 173 to the output side in the axial direction.
  • the cover fitting portion 174 extends in an arc shape along the outside of the outer ring fitting portion 162 of the first cover member 160.
  • the cover fitting portion 174 is fitted to the outer peripheral surface 162F of the outer ring fitting portion 162.
  • the inner peripheral surface 174F of the cover fitting portion 174 is welded to the outer peripheral surface 162F of the outer ring fitting portion 162 by irradiating the laser beam of laser welding from the radial outside of the cover fitting portion 174. See welded part W2).
  • the first shaft portion 32 is pivotally supported by the first bearing portion 13 of the outer ring member 10. Then, the input-side end of the first bearing portion 13 comes into contact with the output-side side surface of the action portion 31 of the output-side rotating member 30 in the axial direction, so that the output-side rotating member 30 is on one side in the axial direction ( Restrict movement to the output side). Further, in the output side rotating member 30, the second shaft portion 33 is pivotally supported by the second bearing portion 175 of the second cover member 170.
  • the operation ring 51 engages with the operation member 55 and can be rotated together with the operation member 55 within a predetermined angle range from the neutral position N.
  • the lever 59 (see FIG. 15) is fixed to the operating member 55.
  • the operation ring 51 is a member that transmits the rotational torque from the lever 59 to the input side rotating member 40 via the second roller 82 by moving integrally with the input side rotating member 40 via the second roller 82. is there. Therefore, the operation ring 51 has a ring portion 53 and an operation protrusion 51B protruding radially outward from the ring portion 53.
  • the operation ring 51 has an inner peripheral surface 52.
  • the inner peripheral surface 52 has a substantially circular shape, but has an inclined surface 52A whose radius gradually decreases.
  • the inclined surface 52A is provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction and is inclined so that the radius gradually decreases from the periphery of the small diameter portion 52B toward the small diameter portion 52B toward the small diameter portion 52B having the smallest radius. .. Since there are three small diameter portions 52B, a total of six inclined surfaces 52A are provided.
  • the operation ring 51 is in the neutral position N, the position of the small diameter portion 52B in the circumferential direction coincides with the position of the regulation protrusion 164.
  • a total of four operation protrusions 51B are arranged on the right side and the left side in FIG. 21, one pair at the top and bottom.
  • the outer peripheral surface 53A of the operation ring 51 has a cylindrical shape.
  • the portion of the outer peripheral surface 53A between the pair of operating protrusions 51B has a slightly larger diameter than the other portions.
  • the second roller 82 is sandwiched between the inner peripheral surface 52 of the operation ring 51 and the outer peripheral surface 41A of the input side rotating member 40, so that the input side rotating member 40 follows the rotating operation of the operation ring 51. It is a member.
  • a plurality of second rollers 82 are arranged between the outer peripheral surface 41A of the input side rotating member 40 and the inner peripheral surface 52 of the operation ring 51. Specifically, a total of six second rollers 82 are provided, one on each inclined surface 52A of the operation ring 51.
  • the second spring 87 urges the adjacent second rollers 82 to move away from each other, whereby each of the second rollers 82 has a gap between the outer peripheral surface 41A and the inclined surface 52A of the input side rotating member 40. It is urged to the narrow side of.
  • the return spring 85 is an arc-shaped leaf spring, and has hooks 85B extending inward in the radial direction at both ends.
  • the return spring 85 constantly urges the operating member 55 and the operating ring 51 toward the neutral position N.
  • the operation member 55 is a member to which the lever 59 is attached and rotates about the rotation axis X1.
  • the operation member 55 is arranged on the other side (input side) in the axial direction with respect to the second cover member 170.
  • the operating member 55 has a mounting surface portion 56, an outer peripheral portion 57, and a spring engaging portion 58.
  • the mounting surface portion 56 has a disk shape orthogonal to the rotation axis X1.
  • the mounting surface portion 56 has a mounting hole 56B into which a bolt or the like (not shown) for mounting the lever 59 is inserted, and a hole 56C centered on the rotation axis X1.
  • the outer peripheral portion 57 extends axially from the radial outer end of the mounting surface portion 56 toward the output side.
  • the outer peripheral portion 57 has a plurality of notched portions 57A that engage with each operating protrusion 51B. A total of four notches 57A are provided (only two are shown in the figure) corresponding to the operation protrusion 51B. By engaging the notch 57A with the operating protrusion 51B, the operating member 55 and the operating ring 51 can rotate integrally. Further, the outer peripheral portion 57 has a flange 57B extending vertically in FIG. 16. The outer peripheral portion 57 is fitted to the outer peripheral surface 53A of the operation ring 51, and the laser beam of laser welding is applied from the outer side in the radial direction, so that the inner peripheral surface 57F (see FIG. 22) of the outer peripheral portion 57 is the operation ring 51. It is welded to the outer peripheral surface 53A of the above (see the welded portion W3 in FIG. 19). Specifically, the outer peripheral portion 57 is welded at a portion between the pair of operating protrusions 51B.
  • the spring engaging portion 58 is formed by cutting up a part of the mounting surface portion 56 toward the output side in the axial direction. Two spring engaging portions 58 are provided corresponding to the two 85A of the return spring 85.
  • the return spring 85 is arranged between the second cover portion 171 and the mounting surface portion 56 in the axial direction. As a result, the return spring 85 is restricted from moving to the output side in the axial direction by the second cover portion 171 and is restricted from moving to the input side in the axial direction by the mounting surface portion 56.
  • the hooks 85B at both ends engage with the spring engaging portion 58, and the three regulating protrusions 164 projecting from the second cover portion 171 to the input side. Engage with two of them.
  • the facing surface 36 pushes the first roller 81B with the force F1
  • the first roller 81B pushes the inner side surface 23 with the force F2.
  • the pair of brake surfaces 21 are pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 by the force F3.
  • a frictional force is generated between the brake surface 21 and the inner peripheral surface 14, so that the output side rotating member 30 does not rotate. That is, a braking force is generated to prevent the vehicle seat S from lowering.
  • the support surface 26 is separated from the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
  • the first roller 81A is separated from the adjacent first engaging portion 42A in the counterclockwise direction. Therefore, not only the first roller 81B is sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23, but also the first roller 81A is maintained in a state of being sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23 by the urging force of the first spring 86. can do.
  • the lever 59 when the lever 59 is operated to rotate the input side rotating member 40 clockwise from the braking state of FIG. 25 in order to raise the height of the vehicle seat S, the first engagement is performed as shown in FIG.
  • the portion 42A pushes the first roller 81A
  • the first roller 81A is not sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23.
  • the balance of the force pressing the brake shoe 20 against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is lost, and the braking force is released.
  • the second engaging portion 42B hits the second protruding portion 25B and pushes the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction.
  • the output side rotating member 30 rotates in the clockwise direction, and the first roller 81B is strongly sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36. Release the state that was set.
  • the first roller 81B is strongly sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36, it is possible to suppress the feeling of being caught when the input side rotating member 40 is rotated to start lifting the vehicle seat S. ..
  • the convex surface portion 47 is more likely to hit the facing surface 36 when the load applied to the seat is particularly large, such as when the weight of the occupant or the like is large.
  • the friction member 90 gives resistance to the rotation of the output side rotating member 30 with respect to the outer ring 11, so that the output side rotating member 30 may rotate rapidly. It is suppressed.
  • the first bearing portion 13 of the housing 100 regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to one side in the axial direction
  • the second bearing portion 175 regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to one side in the axial direction. Regulate movement to. Therefore, the durability of the brake device 1A can be increased.
  • the first cover portion 161 that regulates the movement of the brake shoe 20 to the other side in the axial direction is a second cover member 170 (the second cover member 170) that regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to the other side in the axial direction. Since it is provided separately from the two bearing portions 175), the durability of the brake device 1A can be further increased.
  • the first cover member 160 is firmly attached to the outer ring member 10. It can be fixed to the brake device 1A to increase the rigidity of the brake device 1A.
  • the second cover member 170 can be used. It can be firmly fixed to the first cover member 160 to increase the rigidity of the brake device 1A. Further, the outer ring fitting portion 162 is fitted to the outer peripheral surface 15 of the outer ring 11, and the cover fitting portion 174 is fitted to the outer ring fitting portion 162, whereby the first bearing portion 13 and the first bearing portion 13 of the outer ring member 10 are fitted. 2 The axis of the second bearing portion 175 of the cover member 170 can be accurately aligned. That is, the output-side rotating member 30 can be pivotally supported at an accurate position with respect to the housing 100.
  • first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B of the input side rotating member 40 have a function for rotating the brake shoe 20 and a braking force by pushing the first roller 81A or the first roller 81B. It can also serve as a release function. As a result, the size of the brake device 1A can be reduced.
  • the first cover portion 161 that regulates the movement of the second roller 82 to one side in the axial direction is provided separately from the side wall portion 12 that regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to one side in the axial direction. Therefore, the durability of the brake device 1A can be further increased.
  • the brake device 1A can be operated stably.
  • the operation ring 51 has an operation protrusion 51B protruding outward in the radial direction
  • the operation member 55 has a notch 57A that engages with the operation protrusion 51B
  • the notch 57A has an operation protrusion 51B.
  • the brake devices 1 and 1A according to the first and second embodiments described above can be appropriately modified and implemented.
  • both the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 are inclined so as to approach each other at both ends in the circumferential direction, but only one of them is inclined. May be good.
  • the cover member 60 and the first cover member 160 are fixed to the outer ring 11 by laser welding, but they may be fixed by caulking.
  • the rollers are exemplified as the movable piece, the first movable piece and the second movable piece, but the movable piece may be a sphere, a polygonal prism, or a columnar having an elliptical cross section. Further, the first movable piece may be omitted.
  • the corner portion of the facing surface may be configured to hit the inner side surface, or the facing surface may be provided with a protrusion that hits the inner side surface.
  • three brake shoes 20 are provided, but the number of brake shoes may be two or four or more.
  • the brake shoe 20 has a support surface 26 between the pair of brake surfaces 21, but the brake shoe includes a support surface and a protrusion on which the support surface is provided. It does not matter if there is no configuration.
  • the input side rotating member 40 is arranged on the radial outside of the operation rings 150 and 51, but the input side rotating member 40 is reversed and the input is on the radial inside of the operation rings 150 and 51.
  • the side rotating member 40 may be arranged.
  • the brake unit 3, the ratchet unit 2, and the brake devices 1, 1A are not only used for the height adjustment mechanism of the vehicle seat S, but can also be arbitrarily applied to other devices.

Abstract

In a brake device (1), each of a plurality of brake shoes (20) disposed on the radially inner side of an outer wheel (11) includes a first projecting portion (25A) and a second projecting portion (25B). Pairs of movable pieces (first rollers 81) are disposed between the first projecting portions (25A) and the second projecting portions (25B). An input side rotating member (40) includes, for each brake shoe (20), a first engaging portion (42A) disposed between the pair of movable pieces and the first projecting portion (25A), and a second engaging portion (42B) disposed between the pair of movable pieces and the second projecting portion (25B). When the input side rotating member (40) rotates in a first direction of rotation, the second engaging portions (42B) push the second projecting portions (25B), causing the brake shoes (20) to rotate in the first direction of rotation. When the input side rotating member (40) rotates in a second direction of rotation, the first engaging portions (42A) push the first projecting portions (25A), causing the brake shoes (20) to rotate in the second direction of rotation.

Description

ブレーキ装置Brake device
 本開示は、乗物用シートのハイトアジャスト機構などに使用されるブレーキ装置に関する。 This disclosure relates to a braking device used for a height adjusting mechanism of a vehicle seat or the like.
 乗物用シートのハイトアジャスト機構には、入力側に設けられた上下に揺動させるレバーの操作によって出力軸が回転するが、シートおよび乗員の重みによってシートが下がろうとする力が出力軸に掛かっても、出力軸が回転しないように構成されたブレーキ装置が用いられている。 In the height adjustment mechanism of the vehicle seat, the output shaft rotates by operating the lever that swings up and down provided on the input side, but the force that the seat tries to lower is applied to the output shaft due to the weight of the seat and the occupant. However, a braking device configured so that the output shaft does not rotate is used.
 一般に、ブレーキ装置は、外輪と、外輪の内側に配置された出力側回転部材(出力軸)を備え、外部から出力側回転部材に回転トルクが入力された場合に、出力側回転部材が直接または可動片を介してブレーキシューを外輪に押し付けることでブレーキ力が発生するように構成されている。例えば、特許文献1,2に開示されたブレーキ装置は、入力側回転部材を備え、入力側回転部材は、ブレーキシューを回転させるためにブレーキシューに向けて軸方向に突出する突起を有している。入力側回転部材の突起は、隣り合うブレーキシューの間に入り込む形態や、ブレーキシューの、径方向外側へ突出する部分に隣接する形態で設けられている。 Generally, the brake device includes an outer ring and an output side rotating member (output shaft) arranged inside the outer ring, and when a rotational torque is input to the output side rotating member from the outside, the output side rotating member directly or The braking force is generated by pressing the brake shoe against the outer ring via the movable piece. For example, the brake device disclosed in Patent Documents 1 and 2 includes an input-side rotating member, and the input-side rotating member has a protrusion that projects axially toward the brake shoe in order to rotate the brake shoe. There is. The protrusions of the input-side rotating member are provided so as to enter between adjacent brake shoes or to be adjacent to a portion of the brake shoes that protrudes outward in the radial direction.
 また、特許文献2,3に開示されたブレーキ装置では、出力側回転部材は、筐体の2箇所の軸受のうち、一方の軸受付近のみで軸方向の移動の規制がなされている。 Further, in the brake device disclosed in Patent Documents 2 and 3, the movement of the output side rotating member is restricted in the axial direction only in the vicinity of one of the two bearings in the housing.
特開2013-253661号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-253661 特開2016-124526号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016-124526 特表2002-511035号公報Special Table 2002-511305
 ブレーキ装置は、車両等の乗物に搭載されるため、小型化、軽量化が求められる。また、出力側回転部材の軸方向の位置規制が、1箇所のみでなされていると、長期にわたって乗物の振動が加わる場合があり、耐久性が求められている。  Since the brake device is mounted on a vehicle such as a vehicle, it is required to be smaller and lighter. Further, if the axial position of the output side rotating member is regulated at only one place, vibration of the vehicle may be applied for a long period of time, and durability is required.
 以上の背景に鑑み、小型化、軽量化をすることができるブレーキ装置、および高い耐久性を確保することができるブレーキ装置を提供することが望まれている。
また、出力側回転部材を筐体に対して正確な位置で軸支することが望まれている。 また、ブレーキ装置を安定して動作させ、ブレーキ装置の剛性を高め、ブレーキ装置を簡易に製造できるようにすることが望まれている。
In view of the above background, it is desired to provide a brake device capable of miniaturization and weight reduction, and a brake device capable of ensuring high durability.
Further, it is desired that the output side rotating member is pivotally supported at an accurate position with respect to the housing. Further, it is desired that the brake device is operated stably, the rigidity of the brake device is increased, and the brake device can be easily manufactured.
 一態様において、外輪と、ブレーキシューと、出力側回転部材と、入力側回転部材と、一対の可動片と、第1バネとを備えたブレーキ装置を提案する。外輪は、円筒状の内周面を有する。ブレーキシューは、外輪の径方向内側に周方向に複数並んで配置され、内周面に対向して当該内周面と接触可能な一対のブレーキ面と径方向内側を向く内側面とを有する。出力側回転部材は、各ブレーキシューの径方向内側に配置される。出力側回転部材は、内側面に対向する対向面を有する作用部を有する。入力側回転部材は、ブレーキシューまたは出力側回転部材に接触して出力側回転部材を回転させることが可能である。可動片は、内側面のそれぞれと対向面との間に配置され、内側面と対向面の間で挟持されることで、ブレーキシューのブレーキ力を発生させる。第1バネは、一対の可動片の間に配置され、一対の可動片を互いに離間させるように付勢する。
 ブレーキシューのそれぞれは、周方向の一方の端部に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出する第1突出部と、周方向の他方の端部に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出する第2突出部とを有する。
 一対の可動片は、第1突出部と第2突出部の間に配置される。
 入力側回転部材は、出力側回転部材の軸方向に突出する、一対の可動片と第1突出部の間に配置された第1係合部と、軸方向に突出する、一対の可動片と第2突出部の間に配置された第2係合部とを、各ブレーキシューに対応して有する。
 入力側回転部材が第1回転方向に回転する場合には、第2係合部が第2突出部を押してブレーキシューを第1回転方向に回転させる。一方、入力側回転部材が第1回転方向とは逆の第2回転方向に回転する場合には、第1係合部が第1突出部を押してブレーキシューを第2回転方向に回転させる。
In one aspect, we propose a brake device including an outer ring, a brake shoe, an output side rotating member, an input side rotating member, a pair of movable pieces, and a first spring. The outer ring has a cylindrical inner peripheral surface. A plurality of brake shoes are arranged side by side in the radial direction of the outer ring, and have a pair of brake surfaces facing the inner peripheral surface and contacting the inner peripheral surface, and an inner surface facing the inner peripheral surface in the radial direction. The output side rotating member is arranged inside each brake shoe in the radial direction. The output-side rotating member has an acting portion having a facing surface facing the inner side surface. The input-side rotating member can contact the brake shoe or the output-side rotating member to rotate the output-side rotating member. The movable piece is arranged between each of the inner side surfaces and the facing surface, and is sandwiched between the inner side surface and the facing surface to generate a braking force of the brake shoe. The first spring is arranged between the pair of movable pieces and urges the pair of movable pieces so as to separate them from each other.
Each of the brake shoes has a first protruding portion arranged at one end in the circumferential direction and protruding inward in the radial direction, and a second protruding portion arranged at the other end in the circumferential direction and protruding inward in the radial direction. It has a protrusion.
The pair of movable pieces are arranged between the first protrusion and the second protrusion.
The input-side rotating member includes a first engaging portion arranged between the pair of movable pieces and the first protruding portion that protrudes in the axial direction of the output-side rotating member, and a pair of movable pieces that protrude in the axial direction. A second engaging portion arranged between the second protruding portions is provided corresponding to each brake shoe.
When the input side rotating member rotates in the first rotation direction, the second engaging portion pushes the second protruding portion to rotate the brake shoe in the first rotation direction. On the other hand, when the input-side rotating member rotates in the second rotation direction opposite to the first rotation direction, the first engaging portion pushes the first protruding portion to rotate the brake shoe in the second rotation direction.
 このような構成によれば、ブレーキシューの、径方向内側に突出する第1突出部と、一対の可動片との間に入力側回転部材の第1係合部を配置し、ブレーキシューの、径方向内側に突出する第2突出部と、一対の可動片の間に入力側回転部材の第2係合部を配置することで、入力側回転部材の直径を小さくすることができる。また、ブレーキシューは、第1突出部と第2突出部を有することで、内側面に設けられた凹みを有し、第1係合部および第2係合部は、この凹みの空間に配置されることになるので、外輪と出力側回転部材の間のスペースを有効利用することができる。これにより、ブレーキシューを小型化、軽量化することができる。 According to such a configuration, the first engaging portion of the input side rotating member is arranged between the first protruding portion of the brake shoe protruding inward in the radial direction and the pair of movable pieces, and the brake shoe has a first engaging portion. By arranging the second engaging portion of the input side rotating member between the second protruding portion protruding inward in the radial direction and the pair of movable pieces, the diameter of the input side rotating member can be reduced. Further, the brake shoe has a recess provided on the inner side surface by having a first protrusion and a second protrusion, and the first engagement portion and the second engagement portion are arranged in the space of the recess. Therefore, the space between the outer ring and the output side rotating member can be effectively used. As a result, the brake shoes can be made smaller and lighter.
 前記したブレーキ装置は、入力側回転部材が第1回転方向に回転する場合には、第1係合部が一対の可動片の一方を押してブレーキ力を解除し、入力側回転部材が第2回転方向に回転する場合には、第2係合部が一対の可動片の他方を押してブレーキ力を解除する構成であってもよい。 In the brake device described above, when the input-side rotating member rotates in the first rotation direction, the first engaging portion pushes one of the pair of movable pieces to release the braking force, and the input-side rotating member makes a second rotation. When rotating in the direction, the second engaging portion may be configured to push the other of the pair of movable pieces to release the braking force.
 このような構成によれば、第1係合部および第2係合部は、ブレーキシューを回転方向に押してブレーキシューを回転させる機能だけではなく、可動片を回転方向に押して、ブレーキ力を解除する機能をも有する。すなわち、第1係合部および第2係合部が2つの機能を有することで、ブレーキ装置を小型化、軽量化することができる。 According to such a configuration, the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion not only have a function of pushing the brake shoe in the rotational direction to rotate the brake shoe, but also push the movable piece in the rotational direction to release the braking force. It also has the function of That is, since the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion have two functions, the brake device can be made smaller and lighter.
 入力側回転部材は、対向面に対向し、径方向内側に向けて突出し、作用部に接触することが可能な接触凸部を有することができる。
 この場合、第1係合部、第2係合部および接触凸部は、出力側回転部材の回転軸線を中心とする一の円周上に配置されていることが望ましい。
The input-side rotating member can have a contact convex portion that faces the facing surface, projects inward in the radial direction, and can come into contact with the working portion.
In this case, it is desirable that the first engaging portion, the second engaging portion, and the contact convex portion are arranged on one circumference centered on the rotation axis of the output side rotating member.
 このように、第1係合部、第2係合部および接触凸部を、出力側回転部材の回転軸線を中心とする一の円周上に配置することで、外輪と出力側回転部材の間のスペースを有効利用して、ブレーキ装置を小型化、軽量化することができる。 In this way, by arranging the first engaging portion, the second engaging portion, and the contact convex portion on one circumference centered on the rotation axis of the output side rotating member, the outer ring and the output side rotating member can be formed. The space between them can be effectively used to reduce the size and weight of the braking device.
 第1係合部、第2係合部および接触凸部は、入力側回転部材の内周に沿って配置されていてもよい。 The first engaging portion, the second engaging portion, and the contact convex portion may be arranged along the inner circumference of the input side rotating member.
 入力側回転部材は、第1係合部と接触凸部の間、および、第2係合部と接触凸部の間に溝を有していてもよい。 The input side rotating member may have a groove between the first engaging portion and the contact convex portion and between the second engaging portion and the contact convex portion.
 このように、溝を設けることで、入力側回転部材を軽量化し、ブレーキ装置を軽量化することができる。 By providing the groove in this way, the weight of the input side rotating member can be reduced and the weight of the brake device can be reduced.
 第1係合部および第2係合部の周方向における大きさは、接触凸部の周方向における大きさより小さくてもよい。 The size of the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion in the circumferential direction may be smaller than the size of the contact convex portion in the circumferential direction.
 作用部は、各ブレーキシューの第1突出部の先端と第2突出部の先端とを結ぶ直線と交差するように配置されていることが望ましい。 It is desirable that the working portion is arranged so as to intersect the straight line connecting the tip of the first protruding portion and the tip of the second protruding portion of each brake shoe.
 このように作用部が形成されていると、ブレーキシューの、第1突出部と第2突出部の間の凹みに作用部が入り込んだ配置となる。すなわち、第1突出部と第2突出部の間の空間を有効利用して、ブレーキ装置を、小型化、軽量化することができる。 When the working portion is formed in this way, the working portion is arranged in the recess between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion of the brake shoe. That is, the brake device can be made smaller and lighter by effectively utilizing the space between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion.
 出力側回転部材は、回転軸線上に、入力側回転部材を回動操作するためのレバーを取り付けるネジを収容する凹部を有することが望ましい。 It is desirable that the output-side rotating member has a recess on the rotation axis that accommodates a screw for attaching a lever for rotating the input-side rotating member.
 このような構成によれば、出力側回転部材を軽量化して、ブレーキ装置を軽量化することができる。 According to such a configuration, the weight of the output side rotating member can be reduced and the weight of the brake device can be reduced.
 前記したブレーキ装置は、入力側回転部材を回動操作するための操作部材と、操作部材と一体に回動するレバーと、をさらに備えることができる。
 操作部材は、外周部の一部において、出力側回転部材の軸方向に突出する軸方向突出部を有し、レバーは、軸方向突出部と係合する切欠部を有していてもよい。
The brake device described above may further include an operating member for rotating the input-side rotating member and a lever that rotates integrally with the operating member.
The operating member may have an axially projecting portion that projects in the axial direction of the output-side rotating member in a part of the outer peripheral portion, and the lever may have a notch that engages with the axially projecting portion.
 また、入力側回転部材と出力側回転部材を備えたブレーキ装置の出力側回転部材に着目して次のような構成を開示する。出力側回転部材は、出力ギヤを有し、出力ギヤから当該出力側回転部材を回転させるトルクが入力された場合には回転せず、入力側回転部材を回転させるトルクが入力された場合には回転する。出力側回転部材は、回転軸線上に、入力側回転部材を回動操作するためのレバーを取り付けるネジを収容する凹部を有する。 Further, the following configuration will be disclosed focusing on the output side rotating member of the brake device including the input side rotating member and the output side rotating member. The output-side rotating member has an output gear, and does not rotate when a torque for rotating the output-side rotating member is input from the output gear, and does not rotate when a torque for rotating the input-side rotating member is input. Rotate. The output-side rotating member has a recess on the rotation axis that accommodates a screw for attaching a lever for rotating the input-side rotating member.
 このような構成によれば、出力側回転部材を軽量化して、ブレーキ装置を軽量化することができる。
 外輪と、ブレーキシューと、出力側回転部材と、入力側回転部材と、筐体とを備えたブレーキ装置の一態様を開示する。外輪は、円筒状の内周面を有する。ブレーキシューは、外輪の径方向内側に周方向に複数並んで配置され、内周面に対向して当該内周面と接触可能な一対のブレーキ面と径方向内側を向く内側面とを有する。出力側回転部材は、各ブレーキシューの径方向内側に配置される。出力側回転部材は、内側面に対向する対向面を有する作用部を有し、外部から当該出力側回転部材を回転させるトルクが入力された場合に、対向面が内側面を直接または間接的に押すことでブレーキシューが内周面に押し付けられる。入力側回転部材は、ブレーキシューまたは出力側回転部材に接触して出力側回転部材を回転させることが可能である。筐体は、ブレーキシュー、作用部および入力側回転部材を収容する。
 筐体は、出力側回転部材を軸支する第1軸受部と、出力側回転部材の軸方向において第1軸受部から離れて位置する第2軸受部であって、出力側回転部材を軸支する第2軸受部と、を有する。
 第1軸受部は、軸方向において出力側回転部材と当接することで、出力側回転部材が軸方向の一方側へ移動するのを規制する。
 第2軸受部は、軸方向において出力側回転部材と当接することで、出力側回転部材が軸方向の他方側へ移動するのを規制する。
According to such a configuration, the weight of the output side rotating member can be reduced and the weight of the brake device can be reduced.
Disclosed is an aspect of a brake device including an outer ring, a brake shoe, an output side rotating member, an input side rotating member, and a housing. The outer ring has a cylindrical inner peripheral surface. A plurality of brake shoes are arranged side by side in the radial direction of the outer ring, and have a pair of brake surfaces facing the inner peripheral surface and contacting the inner peripheral surface, and an inner surface facing the inner peripheral surface in the radial direction. The output side rotating member is arranged inside each brake shoe in the radial direction. The output-side rotating member has an action portion having a facing surface facing the inner surface, and when a torque for rotating the output-side rotating member is input from the outside, the facing surface directly or indirectly faces the inner surface. By pushing, the brake shoe is pressed against the inner peripheral surface. The input-side rotating member can contact the brake shoe or the output-side rotating member to rotate the output-side rotating member. The housing houses the brake shoes, the working part and the input side rotating member.
The housing is a first bearing portion that pivotally supports the output-side rotating member and a second bearing portion that is located away from the first bearing portion in the axial direction of the output-side rotating member, and supports the output-side rotating member. It has a second bearing portion and a second bearing portion.
The first bearing portion abuts on the output side rotating member in the axial direction to regulate the movement of the output side rotating member to one side in the axial direction.
The second bearing portion abuts on the output side rotating member in the axial direction to regulate the movement of the output side rotating member to the other side in the axial direction.
 このような構成によれば、筐体の第1軸受部が出力側回転部材の軸方向の一方側への移動を規制し、第2軸受部が出力側回転部材の軸方向の他方側への移動を規制する。このため、ブレーキ装置の耐久性を高くすることができる。 According to such a configuration, the first bearing portion of the housing restricts the movement of the output side rotating member to one side in the axial direction, and the second bearing portion restricts the movement of the output side rotating member to the other side in the axial direction. Regulate movement. Therefore, the durability of the brake device can be increased.
 筐体は、外輪と、外輪から径方向内側に延び、ブレーキシューが軸方向における一方側に移動するのを規制する側壁部と、側壁部に形成された第1軸受部とを一体に有する外輪部材と、外輪の外周面に嵌合する外輪嵌合部を有し、ブレーキシューが軸方向における他方側に移動するのを規制する第1カバー部を有する第1カバー部材と、第1カバー部に固定され、第2軸受部を有する第2カバー部材と、を含んで構成されていてもよい。 The housing has an outer ring, a side wall portion extending radially inward from the outer ring and restricting the movement of the brake shoe to one side in the axial direction, and an outer ring portion integrally having a first bearing portion formed on the side wall portion. A first cover member having a member, an outer ring fitting portion that fits on the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring, and a first cover portion that regulates the movement of the brake shoe to the other side in the axial direction, and a first cover portion. It may be configured to include a second cover member which is fixed to and has a second bearing portion.
 このような構成によれば、ブレーキシューが軸方向の他方側に移動するのを規制する第1カバー部は、出力側回転部材が軸方向の他方側に移動するのを規制する第2カバー部材(第2軸受部)とは別に設けられているので、ブレーキ装置の耐久性をより高くすることができる。 According to such a configuration, the first cover portion that regulates the movement of the brake shoe to the other side in the axial direction is the second cover member that regulates the movement of the output side rotating member to the other side in the axial direction. Since it is provided separately from the (second bearing portion), the durability of the braking device can be further increased.
 外輪嵌合部の内周面は、外輪の外周面と溶接されていてもよい。 The inner peripheral surface of the outer ring fitting portion may be welded to the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring.
 このような構成によれば、接触面が広い、外輪と外輪嵌合部が嵌合している面でこれらが固定されるので、第1カバー部材を外輪部材に強固に固定して、ブレーキ装置の剛性を高くすることができる。 According to such a configuration, these are fixed on the surface where the outer ring and the outer ring fitting portion are fitted, which has a wide contact surface. Therefore, the first cover member is firmly fixed to the outer ring member to be a brake device. The rigidity of the can be increased.
 第2カバー部材は、外輪嵌合部の外周面に嵌合するカバー嵌合部を有し、カバー嵌合部の内周面は、外輪嵌合部の外周面と溶接されていてもよい。 The second cover member has a cover fitting portion that fits on the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring fitting portion, and the inner peripheral surface of the cover fitting portion may be welded to the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring fitting portion.
 このような構成によれば、接触面が広い、外輪嵌合部とカバー嵌合部が嵌合している面で固定されるので、第2カバー部材を第1カバー部材に強固に固定して、ブレーキ装置の剛性を高くすることができる。また、外輪嵌合部が外輪の外周面に嵌合し、さらにカバー嵌合部が外輪嵌合部に嵌合することで、外輪部材が有する第1軸受部と第2カバー部材が有する第2軸受部の軸を正確に合わせることができる。すなわち、出力側回転部材を筐体に対して正確な位置で軸支することができる。 According to such a configuration, since the contact surface is wide and the outer ring fitting portion and the cover fitting portion are fixed on the mating surface, the second cover member is firmly fixed to the first cover member. , The rigidity of the braking device can be increased. Further, the outer ring fitting portion is fitted to the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring, and the cover fitting portion is further fitted to the outer ring fitting portion, so that the first bearing portion of the outer ring member and the second cover member have the second cover fitting portion. The axis of the bearing can be aligned accurately. That is, the output-side rotating member can be pivotally supported at an accurate position with respect to the housing.
 第1カバー部材は、外輪嵌合部から径方向外側に延びる、他の部材にブレーキ装置を取り付けるための取付フランジをさらに有することができる。 The first cover member may further have a mounting flange extending radially outward from the outer ring fitting portion for mounting the brake device on another member.
 前記したブレーキ装置は、内側面のそれぞれと対向面との間に配置された一対の第1可動片であって、内側面と対向面の間で挟持されることで、ブレーキシューのブレーキ力を発生させる第1可動片と、一対の第1可動片の間に配置され、一対の第1可動片を互いに離間させるように付勢する第1バネとをさらに備えていてもよい。
 この場合、ブレーキシューのそれぞれは、周方向の一方の端部に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出する第1突出部と、周方向の他方の端部に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出する第2突出部とを有し、一対の第1可動片は、第1突出部と第2突出部の間に配置され、入力側回転部材は、軸方向に突出する、一対の第1可動片と第1突出部の間に配置された第1係合部と、軸方向に突出する、一対の第1可動片と第2突出部の間に配置された第2係合部とを、各ブレーキシューに対応して有しているとよい。そして、入力側回転部材が第1回転方向に回転する場合には、第1係合部が一対の第1可動片の一方を押してブレーキ力を解除するとともに、第2係合部が第2突出部を押してブレーキシューを第1回転方向に回転させ、入力側回転部材が第1回転方向とは逆の第2回転方向に回転する場合には、第2係合部が一対の第1可動片の他方を押してブレーキ力を解除するとともに、第1係合部が第1突出部を押してブレーキシューを第2回転方向に回転させる構成であることが望ましい。
The brake device described above is a pair of first movable pieces arranged between each of the inner side surfaces and the facing surface, and is sandwiched between the inner side surface and the facing surface to reduce the braking force of the brake shoe. It may further include a first movable piece to be generated and a first spring which is arranged between the pair of first movable pieces and urges the pair of first movable pieces to separate from each other.
In this case, each of the brake shoes is arranged at one end in the circumferential direction and protrudes inward in the radial direction, and is arranged at the other end in the circumferential direction and protrudes inward in the radial direction. A pair of first movable pieces are arranged between the first protruding portion and the second protruding portion, and the input side rotating member protrudes in the axial direction. A first engaging portion arranged between the piece and the first protruding portion, and a second engaging portion arranged between the pair of first movable pieces and the second protruding portion protruding in the axial direction, It is good to have it corresponding to each brake shoe. Then, when the input-side rotating member rotates in the first rotation direction, the first engaging portion pushes one of the pair of first movable pieces to release the braking force, and the second engaging portion protrudes second. When the brake shoe is rotated in the first rotation direction by pushing the portion and the input side rotating member rotates in the second rotation direction opposite to the first rotation direction, the second engaging portion is a pair of first movable pieces. It is desirable that the other of the brakes is pushed to release the braking force and the first engaging portion pushes the first protruding portion to rotate the brake shoe in the second rotation direction.
 このような構成によれば、第1係合部および第2係合部が、ブレーキシューを回転させるための機能と、第1可動片を押すことによるブレーキ力の解除の機能とを兼ねることができる。これにより、ブレーキ装置の小型化を図ることができる。 According to such a configuration, the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion can have both a function of rotating the brake shoe and a function of releasing the braking force by pushing the first movable piece. it can. As a result, the size of the brake device can be reduced.
 前記したブレーキ装置は、入力側回転部材の径方向外側に配置された操作リングと、操作リングの内周面と入力側回転部材の外周面との間に配置された第2可動片であって、操作リングの内周面と入力側回転部材の外周面との間に挟持されることで、操作リングの回動動作に入力側回転部材を追従させる複数の第2可動片と、隣接する第2可動片同士を互いに遠ざけるように付勢する第2バネと、をさらに備えることができる。
 この場合、第1カバー部は、第2可動片の前記軸方向の一方側への移動を規制し、第2カバー部材は、第2可動片の前記軸方向の他方側への移動を規制する第2カバー部を有することができる。
The brake device described above is a second movable piece arranged between an operation ring arranged radially outside the input side rotating member and an inner peripheral surface of the operation ring and an outer peripheral surface of the input side rotating member. , A plurality of second movable pieces that are sandwiched between the inner peripheral surface of the operation ring and the outer peripheral surface of the input side rotating member to make the input side rotating member follow the rotating operation of the operation ring, and the adjacent second movable piece. (2) A second spring that urges the movable pieces so as to keep them away from each other can be further provided.
In this case, the first cover portion regulates the movement of the second movable piece to one side in the axial direction, and the second cover member regulates the movement of the second movable piece to the other side in the axial direction. It can have a second cover portion.
 このような構成によれば、第2可動片の前記軸方向の一方側への移動を規制する第1カバー部は、出力側回転部材が前記軸方向の一方側へ移動するのを規制する側壁部と別に設けられているので、ブレーキ装置の耐久性をさらに高くすることができる。 According to such a configuration, the first cover portion that regulates the movement of the second movable piece to one side in the axial direction is a side wall that regulates the movement of the output side rotating member to one side in the axial direction. Since it is provided separately from the part, the durability of the braking device can be further improved.
 第2可動片は、ローラまたは球体であり、第1カバー部材は、軸方向に突出し、複数の第2可動片の間に配置される規制突起を有し、規制突起は、第2可動片の中心よりも、出力側回転部材の回転軸線からの距離が小さい位置で第2可動片に接触することが望ましい。 The second movable piece is a roller or a sphere, the first cover member projects axially and has a regulating protrusion arranged between the plurality of second movable pieces, and the regulating protrusion is a regulating protrusion of the second movable piece. It is desirable that the output side rotating member comes into contact with the second movable piece at a position smaller than the center from the rotation axis.
 このような構成によれば、第2可動片は第2バネに付勢されたときに、規制突起に当たることで、径方向の外側に付勢されることになり、第2可動片の位置が安定する。これにより、ブレーキ装置を安定して動作させることができる。 According to such a configuration, when the second movable piece is urged by the second spring, it hits the regulating protrusion and is urged outward in the radial direction, so that the position of the second movable piece is positioned. Stabilize. As a result, the brake device can be operated stably.
 第1カバー部は、第2バネの軸方向の一方側への移動を規制する構成であってもよい。 The first cover portion may be configured to regulate the movement of the second spring to one side in the axial direction.
 ブレーキ装置は、第2カバー部材に対し、軸方向の他方側に配置された操作部材をさらに備えることができる。
 この場合、操作リングは、径方向外側に突出する操作突部を有し、操作部材は、操作突部と係合する切欠部を有し、切欠部が操作突部と係合することで、操作部材と操作リングは一体に回動する構成であってもよい。
The brake device may further include an operating member arranged on the other side in the axial direction with respect to the second cover member.
In this case, the operation ring has an operation protrusion that protrudes outward in the radial direction, and the operation member has a notch that engages with the operation protrusion, and the notch engages with the operation protrusion. The operation member and the operation ring may be configured to rotate integrally.
 このような構成によれば、操作部材部材と操作リングを一体に回転させるための構造を簡易に製造することができる。 According to such a configuration, it is possible to easily manufacture a structure for integrally rotating the operation member and the operation ring.
第1実施形態に係るブレーキ装置が適用される乗物用シートの側面図である。It is a side view of the vehicle seat to which the brake device which concerns on 1st Embodiment is applied. 第1実施形態に係るブレーキ装置の分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view of the brake device which concerns on 1st Embodiment. ブレーキ部の横断面図である。It is a cross-sectional view of a brake part. 図3のIV-IV線断面図である。FIG. 3 is a sectional view taken along line IV-IV of FIG. 図3のV-V線断面図である。FIG. 3 is a sectional view taken along line VV of FIG. ブレーキ装置を入力側から見た斜視図である。It is a perspective view which looked at the brake device from the input side. 入力側回転部材を軸方向に沿って入力側から見た図である。It is the figure which looked at the input side rotating member from the input side along the axial direction. ラチェット部の横断面図である。It is a cross-sectional view of a ratchet part. ブレーキ装置を軸方向に沿って入力側から見た図である。It is the figure which looked at the brake device from the input side along the axial direction. ラチェット部の動作を説明する図であり、操作リングを中立位置から時計回りに回転させた場合を示す。It is a figure explaining the operation of a ratchet part, and shows the case where the operation ring is rotated clockwise from a neutral position. ラチェット部の動作を説明する図であり、図10の状態から操作リングを反時計回りに戻した場合を示す。It is a figure explaining the operation of the ratchet part, and shows the case where the operation ring is returned counterclockwise from the state of FIG. ブレーキ部の動作を説明する図であり、出力側回転部材に反時計回りの回転トルクを与えた場合を示す。It is a figure explaining the operation of the brake part, and shows the case where the rotation torque of a counterclockwise direction is applied to the output side rotating member. ブレーキ部の動作を説明する図であり、図12の状態から、入力側回転部材を時計回りに回転させた場合を示す。It is a figure explaining the operation of the brake part, and shows the case where the input side rotating member is rotated clockwise from the state of FIG. ブレーキ部の動作を説明する図であり、図12の状態から、入力側回転部材を反時計回りに回転させた場合を示す。It is a figure explaining the operation of the brake part, and shows the case where the input side rotating member is rotated counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 第2実施形態に係るブレーキ装置が適用される乗物用シートの側面図である。It is a side view of the vehicle seat to which the brake device which concerns on 2nd Embodiment is applied. 第2実施形態に係るブレーキ装置の分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view of the brake device which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. ブレーキ部の横断面図である。It is a cross-sectional view of a brake part. 図17のX-X線断面図である。FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XX of FIG. ブレーキ装置を入力側から見た斜視図である。It is a perspective view which looked at the brake device from the input side. 入力側回転部材を軸方向に沿って出力側から見た図である。It is the figure which looked at the input side rotating member from the output side along the axial direction. ラチェット部の横断面図である。It is a cross-sectional view of a ratchet part. 操作部材を時計回りに回動させた場合のリターンスプリングの状態を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the state of the return spring when the operating member is rotated clockwise. ラチェット部の動作を説明する図であり、操作リングを中立位置から時計回りに回転させた状態を示す。It is a figure explaining the operation of a ratchet part, and shows the state which the operation ring was rotated clockwise from a neutral position. ラチェット部の動作を説明する図であり、図23の状態から操作リングを反時計回りに戻した状態を示す。It is a figure explaining the operation of the ratchet part, and shows the state which returned the operation ring counterclockwise from the state of FIG. ブレーキ部の動作を説明する図であり、出力側回転部材に反時計回りの回転トルクを与えた状態を示す。It is a figure explaining the operation of the brake part, and shows the state which applied the counterclockwise rotation torque to the output side rotating member. ブレーキ部の動作を説明する図であり、図25の状態から、入力側回転部材を時計回りに回転させた状態を示す。It is a figure explaining the operation of the brake part, and shows the state which the input side rotating member is rotated clockwise from the state of FIG. ブレーキ部の動作を説明する図であり、図25の状態から、入力側回転部材を反時計回りに回転させた状態を示す。It is a figure explaining the operation of the brake part, and shows the state which the input side rotating member is rotated counterclockwise from the state of FIG.
 次に、第1実施形態に係るブレーキ装置1について、適宜図面を参照しながら詳細に説明する。
 図1に示すように、ブレーキ装置1は、乗物用シートの一例としての車両用シートSのシートクッションS1の高さを調整するためのハイトアジャスト機構に適用されるものである。ブレーキ装置1は、ブレーキ装置1が有する操作部材110にレバー75が取り付けられる。そして、レバー75の操作により、後述する出力側回転部材30を回転させてハイトアジャスト機構を駆動してシートクッションS1の高さを調整可能である。具体的には、レバー75を中立位置Nから上げると、シートクッションS1が所定量上がり、レバー75を中立位置Nから下げると、シートクッションS1が所定量下がるようになっている。なお、レバー75を、上または下の位置から中立位置Nに戻すときには、出力側回転部材30が回転しないようになっている。
Next, the brake device 1 according to the first embodiment will be described in detail with reference to the drawings as appropriate.
As shown in FIG. 1, the brake device 1 is applied to a height adjusting mechanism for adjusting the height of the seat cushion S1 of the vehicle seat S as an example of the vehicle seat. In the brake device 1, the lever 75 is attached to the operating member 110 of the brake device 1. Then, by operating the lever 75, the height of the seat cushion S1 can be adjusted by rotating the output side rotating member 30, which will be described later, to drive the height adjustment mechanism. Specifically, when the lever 75 is raised from the neutral position N, the seat cushion S1 is raised by a predetermined amount, and when the lever 75 is lowered from the neutral position N, the seat cushion S1 is lowered by a predetermined amount. When the lever 75 is returned from the upper or lower position to the neutral position N, the output side rotating member 30 does not rotate.
 図2に示すように、ブレーキ装置1は、筐体100に各部材が収納されて構成されている。なお、筐体100は、外輪部材10およびカバー部材60の組合せにより構成されている。また、以下の説明では、操作部材110が配置される図2の左側を「入力側」と称し、出力側回転部材30の出力ギヤ35が配置される図2の右側を「出力側」と称する。 As shown in FIG. 2, the brake device 1 is configured such that each member is housed in a housing 100. The housing 100 is composed of a combination of the outer ring member 10 and the cover member 60. Further, in the following description, the left side of FIG. 2 in which the operating member 110 is arranged is referred to as an “input side”, and the right side of FIG. 2 in which the output gear 35 of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged is referred to as an “output side”. ..
 ブレーキ装置1は、入力側に設けられ、操作部材110の回動動作による入力トルクを伝達・遮断するラチェット部2と、出力側に設けられ、ラチェット部2からの入力トルクを出力側回転部材30の出力ギヤ35に伝達するとともに、出力ギヤ35からの逆入力トルクを遮断するブレーキ部3とを備えてなる。 The brake device 1 is provided on the input side and is provided on the ratchet portion 2 for transmitting and shutting off the input torque due to the rotational operation of the operating member 110, and on the output side, the input torque from the ratchet portion 2 is transmitted to the output side rotating member 30. It is provided with a brake unit 3 that transmits the torque to the output gear 35 and cuts off the reverse input torque from the output gear 35.
 ラチェット部2とブレーキ部3の構成部品の概略を説明すると、ラチェット部2は、操作部材110と、操作リング150と、第2可動片としての第2ローラ82と、第2バネ87と、リターンスプリング85と、入力側回転部材40と、規制部材71とを備えてなる。また、ブレーキ部3は、外輪部材10と、ブレーキシュー20と、出力側回転部材30と、入力側回転部材40と、第1ローラ81と、第1バネ86と、摩擦部材90とを備えてなる。なお、入力側回転部材40は、ラチェット部2の出力部材であるとともに、ブレーキ部3の入力部材であり、ラチェット部2とブレーキ部3のいずれの部品ともいうことができる。 Explaining the outline of the components of the ratchet part 2 and the brake part 3, the ratchet part 2 includes an operation member 110, an operation ring 150, a second roller 82 as a second movable piece, a second spring 87, and a return. It includes a spring 85, an input side rotating member 40, and a regulating member 71. Further, the brake unit 3 includes an outer ring member 10, a brake shoe 20, an output side rotating member 30, an input side rotating member 40, a first roller 81, a first spring 86, and a friction member 90. Become. The input-side rotating member 40 is an output member of the ratchet section 2 and an input member of the brake section 3, and can be said to be any component of the ratchet section 2 and the brake section 3.
 次に、ブレーキ部3およびラチェット部2の構成の詳細を説明する。
 まず、ブレーキ部3の構成について説明する。
 外輪部材10は、外輪11と、側壁部12と、第1軸受部13とを有してなる。
 外輪11は、所定肉厚のリングからなり、円筒状の内周面14と、円筒状の外周面15と、内周面14と外周面15を入力側で繋ぐ側面16とを有している。
 側壁部12は、外輪11の出力側端部から径方向内側に延びている。側壁部12は、ブレーキシュー20が出力側回転部材30の軸方向における一方側(出力側)に移動するのを規制する。なお、本明細書において、出力側回転部材30の軸方向を単に「軸方向」と記載する。
 側壁部12には、内周面14と同軸の円形の軸支孔12Aが形成されている。第1軸受部13は、おり、軸支孔12Aの縁から出力側に延びる円形のフランジである。第1軸受部13は、出力側回転部材30を軸支する。すなわち、外輪部材10は、第1軸受部13は、側壁部12と一体に形成されている。
Next, the details of the configuration of the brake portion 3 and the ratchet portion 2 will be described.
First, the configuration of the brake unit 3 will be described.
The outer ring member 10 includes an outer ring 11, a side wall portion 12, and a first bearing portion 13.
The outer ring 11 is made of a ring having a predetermined thickness, and has a cylindrical inner peripheral surface 14, a cylindrical outer peripheral surface 15, and a side surface 16 connecting the inner peripheral surface 14 and the outer peripheral surface 15 on the input side. ..
The side wall portion 12 extends radially inward from the output side end portion of the outer ring 11. The side wall portion 12 regulates the movement of the brake shoe 20 to one side (output side) in the axial direction of the output side rotating member 30. In this specification, the axial direction of the output side rotating member 30 is simply referred to as "axial direction".
A circular shaft support hole 12A coaxial with the inner peripheral surface 14 is formed in the side wall portion 12. The first bearing portion 13 is a circular flange extending from the edge of the shaft support hole 12A to the output side. The first bearing portion 13 pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30. That is, in the outer ring member 10, the first bearing portion 13 is integrally formed with the side wall portion 12.
 側壁部12には、複数の孔12Hが設けられている。複数の孔12Hは、ブレーキ装置1を組み立てるときに、外輪部材10を、出力側を下にして置き、ブレーキシュー20を外輪11の中に配置したときに、ブレーキシュー20を下から支持する治具としてのピンを通すための孔である。このようなピンによってブレーキシュー20を支持することにより、側壁部12の精度によらず、ブレーキシュー20を所定の高さ(軸方向における位置)に配置した状態で第1ローラ81などの他の部品を組み付けることができる。 A plurality of holes 12H are provided in the side wall portion 12. The plurality of holes 12H support the brake shoe 20 from below when the outer ring member 10 is placed with the output side facing down and the brake shoe 20 is placed in the outer ring 11 when the brake device 1 is assembled. It is a hole for passing a pin as a tool. By supporting the brake shoe 20 with such a pin, the brake shoe 20 is arranged at a predetermined height (position in the axial direction) regardless of the accuracy of the side wall portion 12, and the first roller 81 or the like is used. Parts can be assembled.
 外輪部材10は、鍛造またはプレス成形により成形することができる。鍛造またはプレス成形により、第1軸受部13をバーリングにより成形する際に、外輪11の内周面14を第1軸受部13の内周面を成形する型と同じ型で成形し、または、内周面14と嵌合する型を用いることにより、内周面14の中心と、第1軸受部13の中心を精度良く合わせることができる。 The outer ring member 10 can be formed by forging or press molding. When the first bearing portion 13 is formed by burring by forging or press forming, the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is formed with the same mold as the mold for forming the inner peripheral surface of the first bearing portion 13, or the inner peripheral surface 14 is formed. By using a mold that fits with the peripheral surface 14, the center of the inner peripheral surface 14 and the center of the first bearing portion 13 can be accurately aligned.
 ブレーキシュー20は、外輪11との間でブレーキ力を発生する部材であり、外輪11の径方向内側に周方向に等間隔で並ぶように3つ配置されている。ブレーキシュー20は、周方向に延びる本体部20Aと、本体部20Aの外周において径方向外側に突出する外側突出部20Bおよび中央突起20Cと、本体部20Aの内周の周方向各端部において径方向内側に突出する第1突出部25Aおよび第2突出部25Bとを有して構成されている。なお、本明細書において、径方向および周方向は、外輪11の内周面14を基準とする。 The brake shoes 20 are members that generate a braking force with the outer ring 11, and three brake shoes 20 are arranged inside the outer ring 11 in the radial direction so as to be arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. The brake shoe 20 has a main body portion 20A extending in the circumferential direction, an outer protruding portion 20B and a central protrusion 20C protruding radially outward on the outer circumference of the main body portion 20A, and a diameter at each end portion in the circumferential direction of the inner circumference of the main body portion 20A. It is configured to have a first protruding portion 25A and a second protruding portion 25B protruding inward in the direction. In this specification, the radial direction and the circumferential direction are based on the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
 外側突出部20Bは、各ブレーキシュー20に、本体部20Aの外周の周方向両端部に1つずつ、つまり一対設けられている。各外側突出部20Bは、径方向外側の先端に、外輪11の内周面14に対向して当該内周面14と接触可能なブレーキ面21を有している。このブレーキ面21は、外輪11の内周面14と略同じ曲率であり、図3に示すように、ブレーキ面21のうち、周方向の外側(各ブレーキシュー20を基準とする周方向外側)で外輪11の内周面14に接触するように配置されている。これにより、ブレーキシュー20が径方向外側に付勢されたときには、ブレーキ面21の周方向の端部領域が外輪11の内周面14に押し付けられるようになっている。 One outer protrusion 20B is provided on each brake shoe 20 at both ends in the circumferential direction of the outer circumference of the main body 20A, that is, a pair. Each outer protrusion 20B has a brake surface 21 at the tip on the outer side in the radial direction, which faces the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 and can come into contact with the inner peripheral surface 14. The brake surface 21 has substantially the same curvature as the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and as shown in FIG. 3, the outer side of the brake surface 21 in the circumferential direction (the outer side in the circumferential direction with respect to each brake shoe 20). Is arranged so as to come into contact with the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11. As a result, when the brake shoe 20 is urged outward in the radial direction, the peripheral end region of the brake surface 21 in the circumferential direction is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
 図2に示すように、中央突起20Cは、本体部20Aの外周の周方向中央部に設けられている。中央突起20Cの径方向外側の先端には、外輪11の内周面14に当接可能な支持面26が設けられている。別の言い方をすれば、支持面26は、一対のブレーキ面21の間における中央に設けられている。この支持面26は、外輪11の内周面14と略同じ曲率であり、外輪11の内周面14に沿った円筒面形状を有している。支持面26は、ブレーキシュー20および出力側回転部材30に負荷が掛かっていない状態において、外輪11の内周面14から離間している。 As shown in FIG. 2, the central protrusion 20C is provided at the central portion in the circumferential direction of the outer periphery of the main body portion 20A. A support surface 26 capable of contacting the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is provided at the radial outer tip of the central protrusion 20C. In other words, the support surface 26 is provided at the center between the pair of brake surfaces 21. The support surface 26 has substantially the same curvature as the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and has a cylindrical surface shape along the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11. The support surface 26 is separated from the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 in a state where the brake shoe 20 and the output side rotating member 30 are not loaded.
 ブレーキシュー20は、一対のブレーキ面21の一方と支持面26との間、および、一対のブレーキ面21の他方と支持面26との間に、ブレーキ面21より小径の円筒面状の外周面22を有している。また、ブレーキシュー20は、第1突出部25Aと第2突出部25Bの間に、径方向内側を向く内側面23を有している。 The brake shoe 20 has a cylindrical outer peripheral surface having a diameter smaller than that of the brake surface 21 between one of the pair of brake surfaces 21 and the support surface 26 and between the other of the pair of brake surfaces 21 and the support surface 26. Has 22. Further, the brake shoe 20 has an inner side surface 23 facing inward in the radial direction between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B.
 図3に示すように、内側面23は、それぞれ、周方向の外側に行くにつれ、出力側回転部材30の対向面36(図の下側)に近づくように傾斜する第1接触面23Aを有している。第1接触面23Aは、第1ローラ81と接触可能である。 As shown in FIG. 3, each of the inner side surfaces 23 has a first contact surface 23A that inclines toward the facing surface 36 (lower side in the figure) of the output side rotating member 30 as it goes outward in the circumferential direction. doing. The first contact surface 23A is in contact with the first roller 81.
 第1突出部25Aは、内側面23の周方向の一方の端部(本実施形態では、入力側から出力側に向かってみて反時計回り方向の端部)に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出している。
 第2突出部25Bは、内側面23の周方向の他方の端部に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出している。
The first protruding portion 25A is arranged at one end of the inner side surface 23 in the circumferential direction (in the present embodiment, the end in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the input side to the output side) and is directed inward in the radial direction. It is protruding.
The second protruding portion 25B is arranged at the other end of the inner side surface 23 in the circumferential direction and protrudes inward in the radial direction.
 出力側回転部材30は、ブレーキシュー20の径方向内側に配置されている。図2に示すように、出力側回転部材30は、軸状の作用部31と、第1軸部32と、中間軸部33Aと、第2軸部33Bと、出力ギヤ35と、凹部37とを備えて構成されている。 The output side rotating member 30 is arranged inside the brake shoe 20 in the radial direction. As shown in FIG. 2, the output side rotating member 30 includes a shaft-shaped working portion 31, a first shaft portion 32, an intermediate shaft portion 33A, a second shaft portion 33B, an output gear 35, and a recess 37. It is configured with.
 図3に示すように、作用部31は、各ブレーキシュー20の第1突出部25Aの先端と第2突出部25Bの先端(回転軸線X1に最も近い部分でブレーキシュー20の内周側の凹みの両端部となる部分)を結ぶ直線L1と交差するように配置されている。言い換えると、ブレーキシュー20の内側面23から第1突出部25Aおよび第2突出部25Bが突出することによりできた、第1突出部25Aと第2突出部25Bの間の凹みに、作用部31が入り込んでいる。 As shown in FIG. 3, the acting portion 31 is a recess on the inner peripheral side of the brake shoe 20 at the tip of the first protruding portion 25A and the tip of the second protruding portion 25B of each brake shoe 20 (the portion closest to the rotation axis X1). It is arranged so as to intersect with the straight line L1 connecting the portions that are both ends of the above. In other words, the acting portion 31 is formed in the recess between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B formed by the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B protruding from the inner surface 23 of the brake shoe 20. Is intruded.
 図2に示すように、第1軸部32は、作用部31の出力側に配置されている。
 中間軸部33Aは、作用部31から入力側に突出し、第1軸部32と同軸である。
 第2軸部33Bは、中間軸部33Aから入力側に突出し、第1軸部32と同軸である。第2軸部33Bは、中間軸部33Aより少し細い。
 出力ギヤ35は、第1軸部32の出力側に配置され、側壁部12の軸支孔12Aを通って出力側に突出している(図4参照)。
 凹部37は、出力ギヤ35の入力側の端に形成されている。凹部37は、出力側回転部材30の回転軸線X1上に配置されている。図4に示すように、凹部37は、入力側回転部材40を回動操作するためのレバー75を取り付けるネジ77の軸部77Aの一部を収容する。
As shown in FIG. 2, the first shaft portion 32 is arranged on the output side of the working portion 31.
The intermediate shaft portion 33A protrudes from the working portion 31 toward the input side and is coaxial with the first shaft portion 32.
The second shaft portion 33B protrudes from the intermediate shaft portion 33A to the input side and is coaxial with the first shaft portion 32. The second shaft portion 33B is slightly thinner than the intermediate shaft portion 33A.
The output gear 35 is arranged on the output side of the first shaft portion 32, and projects to the output side through the shaft support hole 12A of the side wall portion 12 (see FIG. 4).
The recess 37 is formed at the end of the output gear 35 on the input side. The recess 37 is arranged on the rotation axis X1 of the output side rotation member 30. As shown in FIG. 4, the recess 37 accommodates a part of the shaft portion 77A of the screw 77 for attaching the lever 75 for rotating the input side rotating member 40.
 図3に示すように、作用部31は、その外周に、ブレーキシュー20の内側面23に対向する対向面36と、接続面38とを有している。対向面36は、各ブレーキシュー20の内側面23に対応して作用部31の外周に3つ設けられている。各内側面23と各対向面36の間には、一対の第1ローラ81が配置されている。また、接続面38は、各対向面36を周方向に繋ぐ部分であり、作用部31の外周の周方向に隣り合う一対の対向面36の間に1つずつ、合計で3つ設けられている。接続面38は、出力側回転部材30の回転軸線X1を中心とする断面視円弧形状の曲面として形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, the working portion 31 has an facing surface 36 facing the inner side surface 23 of the brake shoe 20 and a connecting surface 38 on the outer periphery thereof. Three facing surfaces 36 are provided on the outer periphery of the working portion 31 corresponding to the inner surface 23 of each brake shoe 20. A pair of first rollers 81 are arranged between each inner side surface 23 and each facing surface 36. Further, the connecting surface 38 is a portion that connects each of the facing surfaces 36 in the circumferential direction, and is provided between a pair of facing surfaces 36 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the outer periphery of the working portion 31, for a total of three. There is. The connecting surface 38 is formed as a curved surface having an arc shape in cross section centered on the rotation axis X1 of the output side rotating member 30.
 対向面36は、当該対向面36における周方向の外側の両端部に、第1ローラ81と接触可能な第2接触面36Aを有している。第2接触面36Aは、周方向外側に行くにつれ、内側面23に近づくように傾斜している。 The facing surface 36 has a second contact surface 36A capable of contacting the first roller 81 at both ends on the outer side of the facing surface 36 in the circumferential direction. The second contact surface 36A is inclined so as to approach the inner side surface 23 as it goes outward in the circumferential direction.
 第1ローラ81は、各ブレーキシュー20の内側面23と出力側回転部材30の対応する対向面36の間に一対ずつ、計3対配置されている。一対の第1ローラ81は、一対の可動片の一例である。第1ローラ81は、周方向において、ブレーキシュー20の第1突出部25Aと第2突出部25Bの間に配置されている。ここでは、各内側面23と対応する対向面36の間に配置された一対の第1ローラ81のうち、図3の反時計回り側に配置された方を第1ローラ81Aとし、時計回り側に配置された方を第1ローラ81Bとする。ブレーキシュー20および出力側回転部材30に負荷が掛かっていない状態において、第1ローラ81は、内側面23および対向面36に挟持されている。
 外部から出力側回転部材30を回転させるトルクが入力された場合には、対向面36が第1ローラ81を介して間接的にブレーキシュー20の内側面23を押し、ブレーキシュー20は、ブレーキ面21が外輪11の内周面14に押し付けられる。第1ローラ81は、内側面23と対向面36との間で挟持されることで、ブレーキシュー20のブレーキ力を発生させる。
A total of three pairs of first rollers 81 are arranged between the inner side surface 23 of each brake shoe 20 and the corresponding facing surfaces 36 of the output side rotating member 30. The pair of first rollers 81 is an example of a pair of movable pieces. The first roller 81 is arranged between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction. Here, of the pair of first rollers 81 arranged between the inner side surfaces 23 and the corresponding facing surfaces 36, the one arranged on the counterclockwise side in FIG. 3 is referred to as the first roller 81A, and the clockwise side. The one arranged in is referred to as the first roller 81B. The first roller 81 is sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 in a state where the brake shoe 20 and the output side rotating member 30 are not loaded.
When a torque for rotating the output side rotating member 30 is input from the outside, the facing surface 36 indirectly pushes the inner surface 23 of the brake shoe 20 via the first roller 81, and the brake shoe 20 is the brake surface. 21 is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11. The first roller 81 is sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 to generate a braking force of the brake shoe 20.
 第1バネ86は、圧縮コイルバネであり、一対の第1ローラ81A,81Bの間に1つずつ設けられている。第1バネ86は、一対の第1ローラ81A,81Bを互いに周方向に離間させるように付勢する。これにより、一対の第1ローラ81A,81Bは、内側面23と対向面36の間に形成される空間の狭い側に付勢されている。 The first spring 86 is a compression coil spring, and is provided one by one between the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B. The first spring 86 urges the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B so as to be separated from each other in the circumferential direction. As a result, the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B are urged on the narrow side of the space formed between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36.
 内側面23および対向面36は、入力側回転部材40によりブレーキシュー20に回転トルクを与えると第1ローラ81を介して内側面23が対向面36を押して出力側回転部材30が回転する一方、出力側回転部材30に回転トルクを与えても、第1ローラ81を介して対向面36が内側面23を押してブレーキ面21が外輪11の内周面14に押し付けられることでブレーキシュー20が回転しないように構成されている。すなわち、そのように機能するように、第1接触面23Aに対する第2接触面36Aの傾斜角や位置などが調整されている。 When rotational torque is applied to the brake shoes 20 by the input side rotating member 40, the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 push the facing surface 36 via the first roller 81 to rotate the output side rotating member 30. Even if a rotational torque is applied to the output side rotating member 30, the opposing surface 36 pushes the inner side surface 23 via the first roller 81 and the brake surface 21 is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, so that the brake shoe 20 rotates. It is configured not to. That is, the inclination angle and the position of the second contact surface 36A with respect to the first contact surface 23A are adjusted so as to function as such.
 図2に示すように、入力側回転部材40は、回転軸線X1周りに回転可能である。入力側回転部材40は、ラチェット部2の回転を出力し、ブレーキ部3のブレーキシュー20に周方向で接触してブレーキシュー20に回転トルクを与えることが可能な部材である。入力側回転部材40は、円筒状の受圧リング部41と、受圧リング部41の出力側端部から径方向内側に延びる側壁部43と、複数の係合部42と、ガイド凸部44と、複数の接触凸部46と、複数の溝48とを有する。 As shown in FIG. 2, the input-side rotating member 40 is rotatable around the rotation axis X1. The input-side rotating member 40 is a member capable of outputting the rotation of the ratchet portion 2 and contacting the brake shoe 20 of the brake portion 3 in the circumferential direction to apply rotational torque to the brake shoe 20. The input side rotating member 40 includes a cylindrical pressure receiving ring portion 41, a side wall portion 43 extending radially inward from the output side end portion of the pressure receiving ring portion 41, a plurality of engaging portions 42, and a guide convex portion 44. It has a plurality of contact protrusions 46 and a plurality of grooves 48.
 受圧リング部41は、外周面41Aと内周面41Bとを有する。
 外周面41Aおよび内周面41Bは、ともに、凹凸の無い円筒面である。
 側壁部43は、孔43Aを有する。そして、側壁部43の径方向内側の内周に沿って、係合部42と、ガイド凸部44と、接触凸部46と、溝48とが設けられている。
 係合部42は、側壁部43の内周縁から、軸方向における出力側に向けて突出している。
The pressure receiving ring portion 41 has an outer peripheral surface 41A and an inner peripheral surface 41B.
Both the outer peripheral surface 41A and the inner peripheral surface 41B are cylindrical surfaces having no unevenness.
The side wall portion 43 has a hole 43A. An engaging portion 42, a guide convex portion 44, a contact convex portion 46, and a groove 48 are provided along the inner circumference of the side wall portion 43 in the radial direction.
The engaging portion 42 projects from the inner peripheral edge of the side wall portion 43 toward the output side in the axial direction.
 図3、図7に示すように、係合部42は、各ブレーキシュー20に対応して2つずつ、計6つ設けられている。各ブレーキシュー20に対応する2つの係合部42は、第1ローラ81Aと第1突出部25Aの間に配置された第1係合部42Aと、第1ローラ81Bと第2突出部25Bの間に配置された第2係合部42Bとを含む。第1係合部42Aおよび第2係合部42Bの周方向における大きさは、接触凸部46の周方向における大きさより小さい。 As shown in FIGS. 3 and 7, a total of 6 engaging portions 42 are provided, two for each brake shoe 20. The two engaging portions 42 corresponding to the brake shoes 20 are the first engaging portion 42A arranged between the first roller 81A and the first protruding portion 25A, and the first roller 81B and the second protruding portion 25B. It includes a second engaging portion 42B arranged between them. The size of the first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B in the circumferential direction is smaller than the size of the contact convex portion 46 in the circumferential direction.
 図7に示すように、側壁部43の孔43Aの内側には、出力側回転部材30の作用部31が配置される。係合部42の、径方向内側の面は、接続面38に沿った円筒面を有し、作用部31の接続面38と嵌合することで、入力側回転部材40は、出力側回転部材30の作用部31との位置合わせがなされる。 As shown in FIG. 7, the acting portion 31 of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged inside the hole 43A of the side wall portion 43. The radial inner surface of the engaging portion 42 has a cylindrical surface along the connecting surface 38, and by fitting with the connecting surface 38 of the working portion 31, the input side rotating member 40 becomes the output side rotating member. Alignment with the working portion 31 of 30 is made.
 第1係合部42Aおよび第2係合部42Bは、ブレーキシュー20によるブレーキ力を解除するとともにブレーキシュー20を回転させる機能を有する。
 図13に示すように、入力側回転部材40が第1回転方向(図13の時計回り)に回転する場合には、第1係合部42Aが一対の可動片の一方である第1ローラ81Aを押してブレーキ力を解除するとともに、第2係合部42Bが第2突出部25Bを押してブレーキシュー20を第1回転方向に回転させる。
 一方、図14に示すように、入力側回転部材40が第1回転方向とは逆の第2回転方向(図14の反時計回り)に回転する場合には、第2係合部42Bが一対の可動片の他方である第1ローラ81Bを押してブレーキ力を解除するとともに、第1係合部42Aが第1突出部25Aを押してブレーキシュー20を第2回転方向に回転させる。
The first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B have a function of releasing the braking force by the brake shoe 20 and rotating the brake shoe 20.
As shown in FIG. 13, when the input side rotating member 40 rotates in the first rotation direction (clockwise in FIG. 13), the first engaging portion 42A is one of a pair of movable pieces, and the first roller 81A To release the braking force, the second engaging portion 42B pushes the second protruding portion 25B to rotate the brake shoe 20 in the first rotation direction.
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 14, when the input side rotating member 40 rotates in the second rotation direction (counterclockwise in FIG. 14) opposite to the first rotation direction, the second engaging portion 42B is paired. The first roller 81B, which is the other side of the movable piece, is pushed to release the braking force, and the first engaging portion 42A pushes the first protruding portion 25A to rotate the brake shoe 20 in the second rotation direction.
 図7に示すように、ガイド凸部44は、側壁部43の内周縁において、径方向内側に突出して設けられている。ガイド凸部44は、作用部31の接続面38に対向して配置されている。ガイド凸部44は、接続面38に沿った円筒面を有し、接続面38と嵌合することで、入力側回転部材40は、出力側回転部材30の作用部31との位置合わせがなされる。 As shown in FIG. 7, the guide convex portion 44 is provided so as to project inward in the radial direction on the inner peripheral edge of the side wall portion 43. The guide convex portion 44 is arranged so as to face the connecting surface 38 of the acting portion 31. The guide convex portion 44 has a cylindrical surface along the connecting surface 38, and by fitting with the connecting surface 38, the input side rotating member 40 is aligned with the acting portion 31 of the output side rotating member 30. To.
 接触凸部46は、対向面36に対向し、径方向内側に向けて突出し、作用部31に接触することが可能である。
 接触凸部46は、径方向内側に突出した凸面部47を有する。
The contact convex portion 46 faces the facing surface 36, projects inward in the radial direction, and can come into contact with the acting portion 31.
The contact convex portion 46 has a convex surface portion 47 projecting inward in the radial direction.
 各凸面部47は、対向面36に対向している。各凸面部47は、最も径方向内側に突出した頂部47Aと、頂部47Aに対して図7の時計回り側に隣接した解除面47Bと、図7の反時計回り側に隣接した逃げ面47Cとを有する。 Each convex surface portion 47 faces the facing surface 36. Each convex surface portion 47 has a top portion 47A projecting inward in the most radial direction, a release surface 47B adjacent to the clockwise side of FIG. 7 with respect to the top portion 47A, and a flank surface 47C adjacent to the counterclockwise side of FIG. Has.
 解除面47Bは、車両用シートSに座った乗員の重みによる図7の反時計回り方向の回転トルクが出力側回転部材30に入力されている状態から、入力側回転部材40を当該回転トルクと逆の回転方向(図7の時計回り方向)に回転させた場合に、第2係合部42Bがブレーキシュー20の第2突出部25Bに周方向で当接した時点(図13参照)と略同時に対向面36に接触(解除面47Bの、頂部47Aに近い部分が接触)して、出力側回転部材30に回転トルクを伝達可能な形状を有している。すなわち、入力側回転部材40は、出力側回転部材30に接触して出力側回転部材30を回転させることが可能である。 On the release surface 47B, the rotation torque in the counterclockwise direction of FIG. 7 due to the weight of the occupant sitting on the vehicle seat S is input to the output side rotation member 30, and the input side rotation member 40 is referred to as the rotation torque. It is abbreviated as the time when the second engaging portion 42B abuts on the second protruding portion 25B of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction when rotated in the opposite rotation direction (clockwise direction in FIG. 7) (see FIG. 13). At the same time, it has a shape capable of transmitting rotational torque to the output side rotating member 30 by contacting the facing surface 36 (the portion of the release surface 47B close to the top 47A). That is, the input-side rotating member 40 can come into contact with the output-side rotating member 30 to rotate the output-side rotating member 30.
 逃げ面47Cは、入力側回転部材40を図3の反計回り方向に回転させて、第1係合部42Aがブレーキシュー20の第1突出部25Aに周方向で当接した時点(図14参照)において対向面36に当接しない形状となっている。もっとも、逃げ面47Cは、解除面47Bと同様の機能を発揮するような形状を有していてもよい。言い換えると、各回転方向に対応して解除面が設けられていてもよい。 The flank 47C is when the input side rotating member 40 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction of FIG. 3 and the first engaging portion 42A comes into contact with the first protruding portion 25A of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction (FIG. 14). (See), the shape is such that it does not abut on the facing surface 36. However, the flank 47C may have a shape that exerts the same function as the release surface 47B. In other words, a release surface may be provided corresponding to each rotation direction.
 溝48は、第1係合部42Aと接触凸部46の間、第2係合部42Bと接触凸部46の間、第1係合部42Aとガイド凸部44の間、および、第2係合部42Bとガイド凸部44の間に、それぞれ設けられている。 The groove 48 is formed between the first engaging portion 42A and the contact convex portion 46, between the second engaging portion 42B and the contact convex portion 46, between the first engaging portion 42A and the guide convex portion 44, and the second. It is provided between the engaging portion 42B and the guide convex portion 44, respectively.
 第1係合部42A、第2係合部42B、ガイド凸部44、接触凸部46および溝48は、出力側回転部材30の回転軸線X1を中心とする一の円周C1上に配置されている。第1係合部42A、第2係合部42B、ガイド凸部44および接触凸部46が同じ円周C1上において異なる位相で配置されることで、入力側回転部材40の小型化を図ることができる。 The first engaging portion 42A, the second engaging portion 42B, the guide convex portion 44, the contact convex portion 46, and the groove 48 are arranged on one circumference C1 centered on the rotation axis X1 of the output side rotating member 30. ing. The first engaging portion 42A, the second engaging portion 42B, the guide convex portion 44, and the contact convex portion 46 are arranged in different phases on the same circumference C1 to reduce the size of the input side rotating member 40. Can be done.
 図2に示すように、摩擦部材90は、ブレーキ部3のブレーキ力が切れた瞬間に急激に出力側回転部材30の動作が開始するのを抑制するための補助ブレーキ力を発生する部材である。摩擦部材90は、ブレーキシュー20と外輪部材10の側壁部12の間に配置されている。摩擦部材90は、板状の本体部91と、本体部91から入力側に突出した3つの間隔保持部92とを有する。
 本体部91は、中心に、作用部31の外周形状に合致する嵌合孔93を有する。また、本体部91は、外周に、径方向外側に突出する複数の摩擦突起94を有する。さらに、本体部91は、軽量化のための複数の貫通孔95を有している。この貫通孔95は、軸方向から見て外輪部材10の孔12Hと重なっている(図示省略)ので、組付時に前記したピンが入ることで摩擦部材90の位相を決めることができる。
 嵌合孔93が作用部31と嵌合することで、摩擦部材90は、出力側回転部材30と一体に回転する。
 摩擦突起94は、外輪11の内周面14に圧接する寸法を有しており、摩擦突起94が内周面14に圧接することで、摩擦突起94と内周面14の間で適度な摩擦力が発生する。
As shown in FIG. 2, the friction member 90 is a member that generates an auxiliary braking force for suppressing the sudden start of operation of the output side rotating member 30 at the moment when the braking force of the braking portion 3 is cut off. .. The friction member 90 is arranged between the brake shoe 20 and the side wall portion 12 of the outer ring member 10. The friction member 90 has a plate-shaped main body portion 91 and three spacing holding portions 92 protruding from the main body portion 91 toward the input side.
The main body 91 has a fitting hole 93 at the center that matches the outer peripheral shape of the working portion 31. Further, the main body 91 has a plurality of friction protrusions 94 protruding outward in the radial direction on the outer periphery. Further, the main body 91 has a plurality of through holes 95 for weight reduction. Since the through hole 95 overlaps with the hole 12H of the outer ring member 10 when viewed from the axial direction (not shown), the phase of the friction member 90 can be determined by inserting the pin described above at the time of assembly.
When the fitting hole 93 is fitted with the acting portion 31, the friction member 90 rotates integrally with the output side rotating member 30.
The friction protrusion 94 has a dimension of pressure contact with the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and when the friction protrusion 94 presses against the inner peripheral surface 14, appropriate friction between the friction protrusion 94 and the inner peripheral surface 14 Force is generated.
 間隔保持部92は、図3に示すように、周方向において、各ブレーキシュー20の間に配置されてブレーキシュー20の回転方向の間隔を保持する部分である。間隔保持部92は、ブレーキシュー20の数に合わせて複数、ここでは3つ設けられている。各間隔保持部92は周方向に隣接する2つのブレーキシュー20と、出力側回転部材30の接続面38とに囲まれた、略三角形の空間に配置されている。すなわち、2つのブレーキシュー20と出力側回転部材30との間の空間を有効利用して間隔保持部92を配置しているので、ブレーキ部3の大型化を抑制することができる。 As shown in FIG. 3, the interval holding portion 92 is a portion arranged between the brake shoes 20 in the circumferential direction to hold the interval in the rotation direction of the brake shoes 20. A plurality of interval holding portions 92 are provided according to the number of brake shoes 20, and here, three are provided. Each interval holding portion 92 is arranged in a substantially triangular space surrounded by two brake shoes 20 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction and a connecting surface 38 of the output side rotating member 30. That is, since the space holding portion 92 is arranged by effectively utilizing the space between the two brake shoes 20 and the output side rotating member 30, it is possible to suppress the increase in size of the brake portion 3.
 摩擦部材90を構成する材料は特に限定されないが、摩擦部材90は、例えば、樹脂からなっている。摩擦部材90を樹脂で構成すると、複雑な形状を容易に作ることができ、また、内周面14との摺動時に音が発生しにくいのでブレーキ部3の動作時の音を静かにすることができる。 The material constituting the friction member 90 is not particularly limited, but the friction member 90 is made of, for example, resin. If the friction member 90 is made of resin, a complicated shape can be easily made, and since noise is less likely to be generated when sliding with the inner peripheral surface 14, the noise during operation of the brake portion 3 should be quiet. Can be done.
 次に、筐体100の構成について説明する。
 図2~図4に示すように、筐体100は、外輪部材10およびカバー部材60からなり、筐体100の中には、ブレーキシュー20、出力側回転部材30の作用部31、入力側回転部材40、操作リング150、規制部材71、第1ローラ81、第2ローラ82、第1バネ86、第2バネ87および摩擦部材90を収容している。図4に示すように、筐体100は、出力側回転部材30を軸支する第1軸受部13と、軸方向において第1軸受部13から離れて位置する第2軸受部67であって、出力側回転部材30を軸支する第2軸受部67と、を有する。第2軸受部67は、カバー部材60に設けられている。
Next, the configuration of the housing 100 will be described.
As shown in FIGS. 2 to 4, the housing 100 includes an outer ring member 10 and a cover member 60, and the housing 100 includes a brake shoe 20, an acting portion 31 of the output side rotating member 30, and input side rotation. It houses a member 40, an operation ring 150, a regulation member 71, a first roller 81, a second roller 82, a first spring 86, a second spring 87, and a friction member 90. As shown in FIG. 4, the housing 100 includes a first bearing portion 13 that pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30, and a second bearing portion 67 that is located away from the first bearing portion 13 in the axial direction. It has a second bearing portion 67 that pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30. The second bearing portion 67 is provided on the cover member 60.
 カバー部材60は、金属板からなり、カバー部61と、ラチェット収容部62と、拡径部63と、外輪嵌合部64と、取付フランジ65と、バネ係合部66とを有する。 The cover member 60 is made of a metal plate, and has a cover portion 61, a ratchet accommodating portion 62, a diameter-expanded portion 63, an outer ring fitting portion 64, a mounting flange 65, and a spring engaging portion 66.
 カバー部61は、円形の輪郭を有する板からなる。カバー部61は、軸方向において、入力側回転部材40、第2ローラ82および第2バネ87の入力側に配置されている。これにより、カバー部61は、入力側回転部材40、第2ローラ82および第2バネ87が軸方向における入力側へ移動するのを規制する。
 カバー部61は、出力側回転部材30の第2軸部33Bが嵌合する円形の貫通孔61Bを有する。貫通孔61Bの周囲のリング状の部分が、第2軸受部67である。
The cover portion 61 is made of a plate having a circular contour. The cover portion 61 is arranged on the input side of the input side rotating member 40, the second roller 82, and the second spring 87 in the axial direction. As a result, the cover portion 61 regulates the input side rotating member 40, the second roller 82, and the second spring 87 from moving toward the input side in the axial direction.
The cover portion 61 has a circular through hole 61B into which the second shaft portion 33B of the output side rotating member 30 fits. The ring-shaped portion around the through hole 61B is the second bearing portion 67.
 また、カバー部61は、周方向に3つ等間隔で配置された円弧孔61Dと、円弧孔61Dよりも径方向外側に位置し、周方向に3つ等間隔で配置された嵌合穴61Cと、貫通孔61Bの周囲に形成された漏斗形状の凹部61Pとを有する。
 円弧孔61Dは、操作リング150の操作係合部152に対応して設けられ、操作係合部152よりも周方向に長い円弧状に形成されている。これにより、円弧孔61Dは、操作係合部152を受け入れるとともに、操作係合部152が円弧孔61Dの中において所定角度範囲で移動することが可能となっている。
Further, the cover portion 61 has three arc holes 61D arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction and fitting holes 61C located radially outside the arc holes 61D and arranged at three equal intervals in the circumferential direction. And a funnel-shaped recess 61P formed around the through hole 61B.
The arc hole 61D is provided corresponding to the operation engaging portion 152 of the operation ring 150, and is formed in an arc shape longer in the circumferential direction than the operation engagement portion 152. As a result, the arc hole 61D accepts the operation engaging portion 152, and the operation engaging portion 152 can move in the arc hole 61D within a predetermined angle range.
 嵌合穴61Cは、規制部材71の3つの規制部71Bに対応して3つ設けられた貫通孔であり(図2も参照)、規制部材71がカバー部材60に対し相対回転しないように、カバー部材60と嵌合されている。規制部71Bは、嵌合穴61Cに圧入されている。規制部材71とカバー部材60とは、複数箇所で嵌合していることで、規制部材71の回転の規制をしっかりと行うことができる。 The fitting holes 61C are three through holes provided corresponding to the three regulation portions 71B of the regulation member 71 (see also FIG. 2) so that the regulation member 71 does not rotate relative to the cover member 60. It is fitted with the cover member 60. The regulating portion 71B is press-fitted into the fitting hole 61C. By fitting the regulating member 71 and the cover member 60 at a plurality of locations, it is possible to firmly regulate the rotation of the regulating member 71.
 凹部61Pは、軸方向における出力側に凹む漏斗形状の部分である。凹部61Pが軸方向における出力側に凹んでいることで、その分、第2軸受部67が出力側に位置し、出力側回転部材30の軸方向の長さを短くすることができる。これにより、出力側回転部材30を軽量化することができる。 The recess 61P is a funnel-shaped portion that is recessed on the output side in the axial direction. Since the recess 61P is recessed on the output side in the axial direction, the second bearing portion 67 is located on the output side by that amount, and the axial length of the output side rotating member 30 can be shortened. As a result, the weight of the output side rotating member 30 can be reduced.
 ラチェット収容部62は、カバー部61の径方向外側の端部から、軸方向における出力側に延びる円筒形状の板である。ラチェット収容部62は、ラチェット部2の部品を収容している。 The ratchet accommodating portion 62 is a cylindrical plate extending from the radial outer end of the cover portion 61 to the output side in the axial direction. The ratchet accommodating portion 62 accommodates the parts of the ratchet accommodating portion 2.
 拡径部63は、ラチェット収容部62の出力側の端部から径方向外側に延びるリング形状の板である。 The diameter-expanded portion 63 is a ring-shaped plate extending radially outward from the output-side end of the ratchet accommodating portion 62.
 外輪嵌合部64は、拡径部63の径方向外側の端部から、軸方向における出力側に延びる円筒形状を有する。図4に示すように、外輪嵌合部64は、外輪11の外周面15に嵌合する。そして、外輪嵌合部64の径方向外側からレーザ溶接のレーザ光が当てられることで、外輪嵌合部64の内周面64Gは、外輪11の外周面15と溶接されている(図4に、位相をずらして示した溶接部W1参照)。 The outer ring fitting portion 64 has a cylindrical shape extending from the radial outer end of the enlarged diameter portion 63 to the output side in the axial direction. As shown in FIG. 4, the outer ring fitting portion 64 fits on the outer peripheral surface 15 of the outer ring 11. Then, the inner peripheral surface 64G of the outer ring fitting portion 64 is welded to the outer peripheral surface 15 of the outer ring 11 by irradiating the laser beam of laser welding from the radial outside of the outer ring fitting portion 64 (FIG. 4). , Refer to the welded portion W1 shown in phase shift).
 図2に示すように、取付フランジ65は、外輪嵌合部64から径方向外側に延びている。取付フランジ65は、他の部材にブレーキ装置1を取り付けるための部分であり、図示しないボルトやリベットを通すための取付孔65Aを複数有している。
 バネ係合部66は、外輪嵌合部64の下端から、軸方向における入力側に延びる板状の部分である。バネ係合部66は、リターンスプリング85と係合する。バネ係合部66は、入力側の端部に、周方向の両側に延びる外れ防止部66Bを有する。
As shown in FIG. 2, the mounting flange 65 extends radially outward from the outer ring fitting portion 64. The mounting flange 65 is a portion for mounting the brake device 1 on another member, and has a plurality of mounting holes 65A for passing bolts and rivets (not shown).
The spring engaging portion 66 is a plate-shaped portion extending from the lower end of the outer ring fitting portion 64 to the input side in the axial direction. The spring engaging portion 66 engages with the return spring 85. The spring engaging portion 66 has a detachment prevention portion 66B extending on both sides in the circumferential direction at an end portion on the input side.
 図4に示すように、出力側回転部材30は、第1軸部32が外輪部材10の第1軸受部13に軸支されている。そして、第1軸受部13の入力側の端部が、軸方向において出力側回転部材30の作用部31の出力側の側面と当接することで、出力側回転部材30が軸方向の一方側(出力側)へ移動するのを規制する。
 また、出力側回転部材30は、第2軸部33Bがカバー部材60の第2軸受部67に軸支されている。そして、第2軸受部67の出力側の面が、軸方向において出力側回転部材30の中間軸部33Aの入力側の側面と当接することで、出力側回転部材30が軸方向の他方側(入力側)へ移動するのを規制する。
As shown in FIG. 4, in the output side rotating member 30, the first shaft portion 32 is pivotally supported by the first bearing portion 13 of the outer ring member 10. Then, the input-side end of the first bearing portion 13 comes into contact with the output-side side surface of the action portion 31 of the output-side rotating member 30 in the axial direction, so that the output-side rotating member 30 is on one side in the axial direction ( Restrict movement to the output side).
Further, in the output side rotating member 30, the second shaft portion 33B is pivotally supported by the second bearing portion 67 of the cover member 60. Then, the output side surface of the second bearing portion 67 abuts on the input side side surface of the intermediate shaft portion 33A of the output side rotating member 30 in the axial direction, so that the output side rotating member 30 is on the other side in the axial direction ( Restrict movement to the input side).
 次に、ラチェット部2の構成について説明する。
 図2、図5に示すように、操作リング150は、操作部材110と係合して操作部材110とともに中立位置N(図1参照)から所定角度範囲で回動操作可能である。なお、前記したように、操作部材110には、レバー75(図1、図4参照)が固定されている。操作リング150は、第2ローラ82を介して入力側回転部材40と一体になって動くことで、入力側回転部材40にレバー75からの回転トルクを第2ローラ82を介して伝達する部材である。このため、操作リング150は、リング部151と、操作係合部152とを有する。
Next, the configuration of the ratchet section 2 will be described.
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, the operation ring 150 can be rotated in a predetermined angle range from the neutral position N (see FIG. 1) together with the operation member 110 by engaging with the operation member 110. As described above, the lever 75 (see FIGS. 1 and 4) is fixed to the operating member 110. The operation ring 150 is a member that transmits the rotational torque from the lever 75 to the input side rotating member 40 via the second roller 82 by moving integrally with the input side rotating member 40 via the second roller 82. is there. Therefore, the operation ring 150 has a ring portion 151 and an operation engagement portion 152.
 リング部151は、リング形状の側壁部151Aと、側壁部151Aの径方向外側の端部から入力側に延びる外周部151Bとを有する。
 操作係合部152は、リング部151から、軸方向における入力側に突出して設けられている。操作係合部152は、周方向に3つ等間隔で配置されている。
 側壁部151Aは、円形の貫通孔151Cを有する、貫通孔151Cは、出力側回転部材30の中間軸部33Aの外径より少し大きな内径を有している。貫通孔151Cが中間軸部33Aと嵌合することで、操作リング150は、出力側回転部材30の周りで回動可能である。
The ring portion 151 has a ring-shaped side wall portion 151A and an outer peripheral portion 151B extending from the radial outer end portion of the side wall portion 151A to the input side.
The operation engaging portion 152 is provided so as to project from the ring portion 151 toward the input side in the axial direction. Three operation engaging portions 152 are arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.
The side wall portion 151A has a circular through hole 151C, and the through hole 151C has an inner diameter slightly larger than the outer diameter of the intermediate shaft portion 33A of the output side rotating member 30. By fitting the through hole 151C with the intermediate shaft portion 33A, the operation ring 150 can rotate around the output side rotating member 30.
 図8に示すように、リング部151は、外周面に3つの円弧状の小径部153と、小径部153から周方向に連続して延び、小径部153よりも徐々に直径が大きくなる作用面155とを有している。そして、リング部151は、作用面155から荷重入力面である受圧リング部41の内周面41Bに近づくように突出した3つの突出部154を有する。小径部153と突出部154とは、周方向に交互に配置され、作用面155は、周方向で隣接する突出部154と小径部153の間に、計6つ配置されている。 As shown in FIG. 8, the ring portion 151 has three arcuate small diameter portions 153 on the outer peripheral surface and a working surface that extends continuously in the circumferential direction from the small diameter portion 153 and gradually becomes larger in diameter than the small diameter portion 153. It has 155 and. The ring portion 151 has three protruding portions 154 that protrude from the working surface 155 so as to approach the inner peripheral surface 41B of the pressure receiving ring portion 41 that is the load input surface. The small diameter portion 153 and the protruding portion 154 are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction, and a total of six working surfaces 155 are arranged between the protruding portion 154 and the small diameter portion 153 that are adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction.
 作用面155は、内周面41Bに対して径方向で対向している。また、作用面155は、内周面41Bと非平行であり、突出部154に近づくほど、内周面41Bとの間隔が狭くなるように形成されている。 The working surface 155 is radially opposed to the inner peripheral surface 41B. Further, the working surface 155 is not parallel to the inner peripheral surface 41B, and is formed so that the distance from the inner peripheral surface 41B becomes narrower as it approaches the protruding portion 154.
 各作用面155と受圧リング部41の内周面41Bとの間には、それぞれ、第2ローラ82が配置されている。第2ローラ82は、後述する動作説明で分かるように、操作リング150および入力側回転部材40に対し係合・離脱することで入力トルクの伝達・遮断を行うものである。第2ローラ82は、各作用面155に対応して計6つ配置されている。 A second roller 82 is arranged between each working surface 155 and the inner peripheral surface 41B of the pressure receiving ring portion 41, respectively. As will be understood in the operation description described later, the second roller 82 engages and disengages the operation ring 150 and the input side rotating member 40 to transmit and disconnect the input torque. A total of six second rollers 82 are arranged corresponding to each working surface 155.
 ここで、図2に戻り、規制部材71について説明する。規制部材71は、第2ローラ82の位置を規制する部材であり、複数の第2ローラ82および操作リング150の出力側に配置された側壁部71Aと、側壁部71Aの外周縁から入力側に向けて延出した3つの規制部71Bとを備えて構成されている。規制部71Bは、第2ローラ82の軸方向の長さよりも長く、その先端がカバー部材60の嵌合穴61Cに圧入嵌合している(図5も参照)。また、規制部材71は、中心に、出力側回転部材30の中間軸部33Aが配置される孔71Cを有している。 Here, returning to FIG. 2, the regulation member 71 will be described. The regulating member 71 is a member that regulates the position of the second roller 82, and is a side wall portion 71A arranged on the output side of the plurality of second rollers 82 and the operation ring 150, and from the outer peripheral edge of the side wall portion 71A to the input side. It is configured with three regulatory units 71B extending toward it. The regulating portion 71B is longer than the axial length of the second roller 82, and its tip is press-fitted into the fitting hole 61C of the cover member 60 (see also FIG. 5). Further, the regulation member 71 has a hole 71C in which the intermediate shaft portion 33A of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged at the center.
 図8に示すように、規制部71Bは、レバー75を操作していない非作動時において突出部154の径方向外側で同じ回転位置に配置されており、作用面155と受圧リング部41の間にある第2ローラ82の周方向についての移動を規制している。隣接する規制部71Bの間に配置された2つの第2ローラ82の間には、圧縮コイルバネからなる第2バネ87がそれぞれ初期荷重を与えられて配置されている。このため、図8の非作動時において、各第2ローラ82は規制部71Bに接している。ここで、規制部71Bは、径方向において、第2ローラ82の中心が位置するところを含むように配置され、第2ローラ82の、周方向に最も出っ張っているところに接している。これにより、規制部71Bは、第2ローラ82を安定して支持することができる。なお、図8においては、第2ローラ82を、規制部71Bに接した状態で表しているが、第2ローラ82は、作用面155と内周面41Bに挟持されることで、規制部71Bから僅かに離れていてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 8, the regulating portion 71B is arranged at the same rotational position on the radial outer side of the protruding portion 154 when the lever 75 is not operated, and is located between the working surface 155 and the pressure receiving ring portion 41. The movement of the second roller 82 in the circumferential direction is restricted. A second spring 87 made of a compression coil spring is arranged between the two second rollers 82 arranged between the adjacent regulation portions 71B with an initial load applied to each of them. Therefore, when the second roller 82 is not operating in FIG. 8, each second roller 82 is in contact with the regulating portion 71B. Here, the regulating portion 71B is arranged so as to include a portion where the center of the second roller 82 is located in the radial direction, and is in contact with the portion of the second roller 82 that protrudes most in the circumferential direction. As a result, the regulating unit 71B can stably support the second roller 82. In FIG. 8, the second roller 82 is shown in contact with the regulating portion 71B, but the second roller 82 is sandwiched between the working surface 155 and the inner peripheral surface 41B, so that the regulating portion 71B is held. It may be slightly away from.
 第2ローラ82は、作用面155と入力側回転部材40の内周面41Bとの間に挟持されることで、操作リング150の回動動作に入力側回転部材40を追従させる部材である。
第2ローラ82は、入力側回転部材40の内周面41Bと作用面155の間に複数配置されている。具体的には、第2ローラ82は、操作リング150の各作用面155に対応する位置に1つずつ、計6個設けられている。
 第2バネ87は、隣接する規制部71Bの間に配置された、2つの第2ローラ82同士を互いに遠ざけるように付勢し、これにより、各第2ローラ82は、入力側回転部材40の内周面41Bと作用面155との間の隙間の狭い方へ付勢されている。
The second roller 82 is a member that is sandwiched between the working surface 155 and the inner peripheral surface 41B of the input side rotating member 40 so that the input side rotating member 40 follows the rotating operation of the operation ring 150.
A plurality of second rollers 82 are arranged between the inner peripheral surface 41B of the input side rotating member 40 and the working surface 155. Specifically, a total of six second rollers 82 are provided at positions corresponding to the respective working surfaces 155 of the operation ring 150.
The second spring 87 urges the two second rollers 82 arranged between the adjacent regulating portions 71B so as to keep the two second rollers 82 away from each other, whereby each of the second rollers 82 of the input side rotating member 40 It is urged toward the narrower gap between the inner peripheral surface 41B and the working surface 155.
 図6および図9に示すように、操作部材110は、レバー75が取り付けられる部材である。操作部材110は、レバー75とともに回転軸線X1を中心に回動し、これにより、入力側回転部材40を回動操作するための部材である。操作部材110は、カバー部材60に対し、軸方向の入力側に配置されている。
 操作部材110は、取付面部111と、取付面部111から上方および下方に延びる第1延出部113と、取付面部111から横方向に延びる第2延出部114とを有する。
As shown in FIGS. 6 and 9, the operating member 110 is a member to which the lever 75 is attached. The operation member 110 is a member that rotates around the rotation axis X1 together with the lever 75, thereby rotating and operating the input side rotation member 40. The operation member 110 is arranged on the input side in the axial direction with respect to the cover member 60.
The operating member 110 has a mounting surface portion 111, a first extending portion 113 extending upward and downward from the mounting surface portion 111, and a second extending portion 114 extending laterally from the mounting surface portion 111.
 取付面部111は、回転軸線X1に直交する円板形状を有する。取付面部111は、係合孔112と、第1位置決め凸部115と、第2位置決め凸部116と、回転軸線X1と中心が合った取付孔118とを有する。 The mounting surface portion 111 has a disk shape orthogonal to the rotation axis X1. The mounting surface portion 111 has an engaging hole 112, a first positioning convex portion 115, a second positioning convex portion 116, and a mounting hole 118 centered on the rotation axis X1.
 係合孔112は、周方向に円弧状に延びる貫通孔であり、周方向に等間隔で3つ設けられている。係合孔112は、操作係合部152が係合した状態で、溶接部W3においてその縁がレーザ溶接により操作係合部152と溶接されている(図5も参照)。 The engaging holes 112 are through holes extending in an arc shape in the circumferential direction, and three engaging holes 112 are provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. The edge of the engaging hole 112 is welded to the operating engaging portion 152 by laser welding at the welded portion W3 in a state where the operating engaging portion 152 is engaged (see also FIG. 5).
 第1位置決め凸部115は、軸方向における出力側に向けて突出した部分であり、周方向に等間隔で3つ設けられている。各第1位置決め凸部115は、回転軸線X1を中心とする円弧状に延びており、テーパー形状の凹部61Pと係合することで、操作部材110の、カバー部材60に対する、回転軸線X1に直交する方向のおよその位置決めがなされるようになっている(図4参照)。 The first positioning convex portion 115 is a portion that protrudes toward the output side in the axial direction, and is provided with three portions at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. Each first positioning convex portion 115 extends in an arc shape centered on the rotation axis X1 and is orthogonal to the rotation axis X1 of the operating member 110 with respect to the cover member 60 by engaging with the tapered concave portion 61P. Approximate positioning in the direction of rotation is performed (see FIG. 4).
 第2位置決め凸部116は、軸方向における出力側に向けて突出した部分であり、周方向に等間隔で3つ設けられている。第2位置決め凸部116は、軸方向から見て点状に形成されている。図4に示すように、第2位置決め凸部116は、カバー部材60のカバー部61と接触することで、操作部材110のカバー部材60に対する軸方向の位置決めがなされるようになっている。 The second positioning convex portion 116 is a portion protruding toward the output side in the axial direction, and three of the second positioning convex portions 116 are provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. The second positioning convex portion 116 is formed in a dot shape when viewed from the axial direction. As shown in FIG. 4, the second positioning convex portion 116 is brought into contact with the cover portion 61 of the cover member 60 so that the operation member 110 is positioned in the axial direction with respect to the cover member 60.
 取付孔118は、操作部材110にレバー75を固定するためのネジ77の軸部77Aがねじ込まれる孔である。 The mounting hole 118 is a hole into which the shaft portion 77A of the screw 77 for fixing the lever 75 to the operating member 110 is screwed.
 図6および図9に示すように、第1延出部113は、操作部材110の外周部の一部、ここでは、上部と下部に設けられている。各第1延出部113は、屈曲されることで、軸方向において入力側に突出する軸方向突出部113Aを有する。また、各第1延出部113は、軸方向突出部113Aから軸方向における出力側に延びるバネ係合部113Bと、バネ係合部113Bの入力側の端部から周方向の両側に延びる外れ防止部113Cとを有する。 As shown in FIGS. 6 and 9, the first extending portion 113 is provided on a part of the outer peripheral portion of the operating member 110, here, on the upper portion and the lower portion. Each first extending portion 113 has an axially protruding portion 113A that projects toward the input side in the axial direction by being bent. Further, each of the first extending portions 113 has a spring engaging portion 113B extending from the axially protruding portion 113A to the output side in the axial direction and a disengagement extending from the end of the spring engaging portion 113B on the input side to both sides in the circumferential direction. It has a prevention unit 113C.
 第2延出部114は、操作部材110の外周部の一部、ここでは、車両用シートSの前方に設けられている。第2延出部114は、屈曲されることで、軸方向において入力側に突出する軸方向突出部114Aを有する。 The second extending portion 114 is provided in a part of the outer peripheral portion of the operating member 110, in this case, in front of the vehicle seat S. The second extending portion 114 has an axially protruding portion 114A that protrudes toward the input side in the axial direction by being bent.
 図2に示すように、リターンスプリング85は、円弧形状の板バネであり、両端部に、径方向外側に延びるリターン係合部85Aを有する。リターンスプリング85は、操作部材110および操作リング150を常時、中立位置Nへ向けて付勢する。
 具体的に、図8に示すように、リターンスプリング85は、リターン係合部85Aが、カバー部材60のバネ係合部66と、操作部材110の1つのバネ係合部113Bのうち、下に位置するバネ係合部113Bに係合している。
As shown in FIG. 2, the return spring 85 is an arc-shaped leaf spring, and has return engaging portions 85A extending radially outward at both ends. The return spring 85 constantly urges the operating member 110 and the operating ring 150 toward the neutral position N.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, in the return spring 85, the return engaging portion 85A is placed below the spring engaging portion 66 of the cover member 60 and one spring engaging portion 113B of the operating member 110. It is engaged with the spring engaging portion 113B located.
 図9に示すように、レバー75は、操作部材110と一体に回動するレバーである。レバー75は、切欠部75Aと、係合孔75Bと、案内孔75Cと、取付孔75Dとを有する。
 切欠部75Aは、レバー75の上下の縁に形成された切欠きである。各切欠部75Aは、軸方向突出部113Aと係合して操作部材110に対するレバー75の回転方向の位置決めをする。
 係合孔75Bは、回転軸線X1に対して車両用シートSの前方に位置する孔である。係合孔75Bは、軸方向突出部113Aと係合して操作部材110に対するレバー75の回転方向の位置決めをする。
 案内孔75Cは、3つの操作係合部152に対応した位置および形状で3つ設けられている。案内孔75Cは、レバー75を操作部材110に組み付ける際に、操作部材110に対するレバー75のおよその向きを案内する。
 取付孔75Dは、レバー75を操作部材110に取り付ける際に、ネジ77の軸部77Aが通る貫通孔である。
As shown in FIG. 9, the lever 75 is a lever that rotates integrally with the operating member 110. The lever 75 has a notch 75A, an engagement hole 75B, a guide hole 75C, and a mounting hole 75D.
The notch 75A is a notch formed in the upper and lower edges of the lever 75. Each notch 75A engages with the axial protrusion 113A to position the lever 75 in the rotational direction with respect to the operating member 110.
The engagement hole 75B is a hole located in front of the vehicle seat S with respect to the rotation axis X1. The engaging hole 75B engages with the axially projecting portion 113A to position the lever 75 in the rotational direction with respect to the operating member 110.
Three guide holes 75C are provided at positions and shapes corresponding to the three operation engaging portions 152. The guide hole 75C guides the approximate direction of the lever 75 with respect to the operating member 110 when the lever 75 is assembled to the operating member 110.
The mounting hole 75D is a through hole through which the shaft portion 77A of the screw 77 passes when the lever 75 is mounted on the operating member 110.
 操作部材110に対してレバー75を固定する場合には、図4、図9に示すように、軸方向突出部113Aに切欠部75Aを係合させ、また、図5、図9に示すように、軸方向突出部114Aに係合孔75Bを係合させ、ネジ77をワッシャー76および取付孔75Dに通し、操作部材110の取付孔118にねじ込む。これにより、操作部材110にレバー75が固定され、操作部材110は、レバー75と一体に回動するようになる。 When fixing the lever 75 to the operating member 110, as shown in FIGS. 4 and 9, the notch 75A is engaged with the axially protruding portion 113A, and as shown in FIGS. 5 and 9. , The engaging hole 75B is engaged with the axially protruding portion 114A, the screw 77 is passed through the washer 76 and the mounting hole 75D, and the screw 77 is screwed into the mounting hole 118 of the operating member 110. As a result, the lever 75 is fixed to the operating member 110, and the operating member 110 rotates integrally with the lever 75.
 次に、以上のように構成されたブレーキ装置1の動作について説明する。
 まず、ラチェット部2の動作について説明する。
 図10に示すように、レバー75(図10で図示省略)を中立位置Nから上に引き上げると、操作部材110が時計回りに回動する。このとき、リターンスプリング85のリターン係合部85Aのうち、図の左側のリターン係合部85Aを、図の下側のバネ係合部113Bが左に押す。一方、右側のリターン係合部85Aは、カバー部材60のバネ係合部66に係合したまま動かない。これにより、リターンスプリング85は、2つのリターン係合部85A同士が離れるように弾性変形する。この弾性変形の復元力により、リターンスプリング85は、レバー75を中立位置Nに戻そうとする(反時計回りに回動させる)ように付勢する。この動作は、レバー75を下に押し下げた場合にも、回転方向が逆なだけで同じであり、リターンスプリング85は、レバー75を中立位置Nに戻そうとする(時計回りに回動させる)ように付勢する。
Next, the operation of the brake device 1 configured as described above will be described.
First, the operation of the ratchet unit 2 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 10, when the lever 75 (not shown in FIG. 10) is pulled up from the neutral position N, the operating member 110 rotates clockwise. At this time, of the return engaging portion 85A of the return spring 85, the return engaging portion 85A on the left side of the drawing is pushed to the left by the spring engaging portion 113B on the lower side of the drawing. On the other hand, the return engaging portion 85A on the right side does not move while being engaged with the spring engaging portion 66 of the cover member 60. As a result, the return spring 85 is elastically deformed so that the two return engaging portions 85A are separated from each other. Due to the restoring force of this elastic deformation, the return spring 85 is urged to return the lever 75 to the neutral position N (rotate it counterclockwise). This operation is the same even when the lever 75 is pushed down, only in the opposite direction of rotation, and the return spring 85 tries to return the lever 75 to the neutral position N (rotates clockwise). To urge.
 レバー75を上に引き上げることで、操作リング150が図8に示す状態から図10に示す状態へと時計回りに回動すると、突出部154の時計回り側に隣接する作用面155と、入力側回転部材40の内周面41Bとの間に第2ローラ82が挟持される。一方、突出部154の反時計回り側に隣接する作用面155は、対向していた第2ローラ82から離れていく。このため、第2ローラ82と入力側回転部材40の摩擦力および第2ローラ82と操作リング150の摩擦力により、操作リング150、3つの第2ローラ82および入力側回転部材40が一体となって時計回りに回動する。 By pulling up the lever 75, when the operation ring 150 rotates clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 8 to the state shown in FIG. 10, the working surface 155 adjacent to the clockwise side of the protrusion 154 and the input side The second roller 82 is sandwiched between the rotating member 40 and the inner peripheral surface 41B. On the other hand, the working surface 155 adjacent to the counterclockwise side of the protruding portion 154 moves away from the facing second roller 82. Therefore, due to the frictional force between the second roller 82 and the input side rotating member 40 and the frictional force between the second roller 82 and the operation ring 150, the operation ring 150, the three second rollers 82, and the input side rotating member 40 are integrated. And rotate clockwise.
 図10に示す状態からレバー75を中立位置Nに戻すと、突出部154の時計回り側に隣接する作用面155は、接触している第2ローラ82から反時計回りに逃げていく。このため、図11に示すように、第2ローラ82は、作用面155と外周面41Aの間には挟持されず、操作リング150と入力側回転部材40のうち操作リング150のみが反時計回りに回動し、入力側回転部材40は回動しない。突出部154の時計回り側に隣接する第2ローラ82は、逃げていく作用面155に追従して、反時計回りに移動する。 When the lever 75 is returned to the neutral position N from the state shown in FIG. 10, the working surface 155 adjacent to the clockwise side of the protrusion 154 escapes counterclockwise from the second roller 82 in contact. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 11, the second roller 82 is not sandwiched between the working surface 155 and the outer peripheral surface 41A, and only the operation ring 150 of the operation ring 150 and the input side rotating member 40 is counterclockwise. The input side rotating member 40 does not rotate. The second roller 82 adjacent to the clockwise side of the protrusion 154 moves counterclockwise following the escaping working surface 155.
 このようにして、レバー75を中立位置Nから上または下に移動させた場合には、操作リング150に追従して入力側回転部材40が回動するが、レバー75を中立位置Nに戻すときには、操作リング150のみが回動して、入力側回転部材40は回動しない。 When the lever 75 is moved up or down from the neutral position N in this way, the input side rotating member 40 rotates following the operation ring 150, but when the lever 75 is returned to the neutral position N, , Only the operation ring 150 rotates, and the input side rotating member 40 does not rotate.
 次に、ブレーキ部3の動作について説明する。
 図12に示すように、車両用シートSに座った乗員の重みにより、出力側回転部材30に、図における反時計回り方向の回転トルク、(通常使用範囲の回転トルク)を与えると、出力側回転部材30が反時計回りに少し回転し、図12の第1バネ86の時計回り側に隣接する第1ローラ81Bが対向面36と内側面23に挟持される。
Next, the operation of the brake unit 3 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 12, when the output side rotating member 30 is given a counterclockwise rotation torque (rotation torque in the normal use range) by the weight of the occupant sitting on the vehicle seat S, the output side is output. The rotating member 30 rotates slightly counterclockwise, and the first roller 81B adjacent to the clockwise side of the first spring 86 in FIG. 12 is sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner surface 23.
 このとき、対向面36は、第1ローラ81Bを力F1で押し、第1ローラ81Bは、内側面23を力F2で押す。これにより、ブレーキシュー20は、一対のブレーキ面21が外輪11の内周面14に力F3で押し付けられる。その結果、ブレーキ面21と内周面14の間で摩擦力が発生するので、出力側回転部材30が回転しない。すなわち、車両用シートSが下がるのを阻止するブレーキ力が発生する。そして、このような、出力側回転部材30に通常使用範囲の回転トルクを与えた状態においては、支持面26は、外輪11の内周面14から離間している。 At this time, the facing surface 36 pushes the first roller 81B with the force F1, and the first roller 81B pushes the inner side surface 23 with the force F2. As a result, in the brake shoe 20, the pair of brake surfaces 21 are pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 by the force F3. As a result, a frictional force is generated between the brake surface 21 and the inner peripheral surface 14, so that the output side rotating member 30 does not rotate. That is, a braking force is generated to prevent the vehicle seat S from lowering. Then, in such a state where the output side rotating member 30 is subjected to the rotational torque in the normal use range, the support surface 26 is separated from the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
 また、このとき、第1ローラ81Aは、反時計回り方向に隣接する第1係合部42Aから離間している。そのため、第1ローラ81Bが対向面36と内側面23に挟持されているだけでなく、第1ローラ81Aも第1バネ86の付勢力により対向面36と内側面23に挟持された状態を維持することができる。 At this time, the first roller 81A is separated from the adjacent first engaging portion 42A in the counterclockwise direction. Therefore, not only the first roller 81B is sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23, but also the first roller 81A is maintained in a state of being sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23 by the urging force of the first spring 86. can do.
 また、図12のブレーキ状態から、車両用シートSの高さを上げるためにレバー75を操作して入力側回転部材40を時計回りに回転させると、図13に示すように、第1係合部42Aが第1ローラ81Aを押すことで第1ローラ81Aが対向面36と内側面23に挟持されなくなる。これにより、ブレーキシュー20を外輪11の内周面14に押し付ける力のバランスが崩れ、ブレーキ力が解除される。そして、さらに入力側回転部材40を時計回りに回転させると、第2係合部42Bが第2突出部25Bに当たり、ブレーキシュー20を周方向に押す。また、これと略同時に、凸面部47(図7参照)が対向面36に当たることで出力側回転部材30が時計回り方向に回転し、第1ローラ81Bが内側面23と対向面36に強く挟持された状態を解除する。これにより、第1ローラ81Bが内側面23と対向面36に強く挟持されていた場合に、入力側回転部材40を回転させて車両用シートSを持ち上げ始めるときの引っ掛かり感を抑制することができる。
 なお、凸面部47は、乗員等の重量が大きい場合など、シートにかかる荷重が特に大きい場合に対向面36に当たる可能性が高くなる。
Further, when the lever 75 is operated to rotate the input side rotating member 40 clockwise from the braking state of FIG. 12 in order to raise the height of the vehicle seat S, the first engagement is performed as shown in FIG. When the portion 42A pushes the first roller 81A, the first roller 81A is not sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23. As a result, the balance of the force pressing the brake shoe 20 against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is lost, and the braking force is released. Then, when the input side rotating member 40 is further rotated clockwise, the second engaging portion 42B hits the second protruding portion 25B and pushes the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction. At about the same time, when the convex surface portion 47 (see FIG. 7) hits the facing surface 36, the output side rotating member 30 rotates clockwise, and the first roller 81B is strongly sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36. Release the state that was set. As a result, when the first roller 81B is strongly sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36, it is possible to suppress the feeling of being caught when the input side rotating member 40 is rotated to start lifting the vehicle seat S. ..
The convex surface portion 47 is more likely to hit the facing surface 36 when the load applied to the seat is particularly large, such as when the weight of the occupant or the like is large.
 ブレーキシュー20を時計回りに回転させると、ブレーキシュー20の内面が第1ローラ81Bを力F12で押し、第1ローラ81Bが対向面36を力F13で押す。この力F13によって出力側回転部材30が時計回りに回転する。 When the brake shoe 20 is rotated clockwise, the inner surface of the brake shoe 20 pushes the first roller 81B with the force F12, and the first roller 81B pushes the facing surface 36 with the force F13. This force F13 causes the output side rotating member 30 to rotate clockwise.
 また、図12のブレーキ状態から、車両用シートSの高さを下げるためにレバー75を操作して入力側回転部材40を反時計回りに回転させると、図14に示すように、第2係合部42Bが第1ローラ81Bを押すことで第1ローラ81Bが対向面36と内側面23に挟持されなくなる。これにより、ブレーキシュー20を外輪11の内周面14に押し付ける力のバランスが崩れ、ブレーキ力が解除される。そして、さらに入力側回転部材40を反時計回りに回転させると、第1係合部42Aが第1突出部25Aに当たり、ブレーキシュー20を周方向に押す。 Further, when the lever 75 is operated to rotate the input side rotating member 40 counterclockwise in order to lower the height of the vehicle seat S from the braking state of FIG. 12, as shown in FIG. 14, the second engagement is performed. When the joint portion 42B pushes the first roller 81B, the first roller 81B is not sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23. As a result, the balance of the force pressing the brake shoe 20 against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is lost, and the braking force is released. Then, when the input side rotating member 40 is further rotated counterclockwise, the first engaging portion 42A hits the first protruding portion 25A and pushes the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction.
 ブレーキシュー20を反時計回りに回転させると、ブレーキシュー20の内面が第1ローラ81Aを力F12で押し、第1ローラ81Aが対向面36を力F13で押す。この力F13によって出力側回転部材30が反時計回りに回転する。 When the brake shoe 20 is rotated counterclockwise, the inner surface of the brake shoe 20 pushes the first roller 81A with the force F12, and the first roller 81A pushes the facing surface 36 with the force F13. This force F13 causes the output side rotating member 30 to rotate counterclockwise.
 以上のブレーキ部3の動作において、ブレーキ力が解除されたときには、摩擦部材90が、外輪11に対する出力側回転部材30の回転に抵抗を与えるため、出力側回転部材30が急激に回転することが抑制される。 In the above operation of the brake unit 3, when the braking force is released, the friction member 90 gives resistance to the rotation of the output side rotating member 30 with respect to the outer ring 11, so that the output side rotating member 30 may rotate rapidly. It is suppressed.
 なお、車両用シートSの上に大きな衝撃的な荷重が加わった場合など、過大な反時計回り方向の回転トルクが入力されて出力側回転部材30が反時計回りに大きく回転した場合には、ブレーキシュー20が撓み、支持面26が内周面14に当たる(図示省略)。これにより、さらなるブレーキシュー20の撓みが抑制され、ブレーキシュー20に大きな負荷が掛かることを抑制することができる。 When a large impact load is applied on the vehicle seat S, or when an excessive counterclockwise rotational torque is input and the output side rotating member 30 rotates significantly counterclockwise, the output side rotating member 30 rotates significantly counterclockwise. The brake shoe 20 bends, and the support surface 26 hits the inner peripheral surface 14 (not shown). As a result, further bending of the brake shoe 20 is suppressed, and it is possible to prevent a large load from being applied to the brake shoe 20.
 以上説明した本実施形態のブレーキ装置1に適用されたブレーキ部3によれば、次のような効果を奏することができる。
 ブレーキ装置1は、筐体100の第1軸受部13が出力側回転部材30の軸方向の一方側への移動を規制し、第2軸受部67が出力側回転部材30の軸方向の他方側への移動を規制する。このため、ブレーキ装置1の耐久性を高くすることができる。
According to the brake unit 3 applied to the brake device 1 of the present embodiment described above, the following effects can be obtained.
In the braking device 1, the first bearing portion 13 of the housing 100 regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to one side in the axial direction, and the second bearing portion 67 regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to one side in the axial direction. Regulate movement to. Therefore, the durability of the brake device 1 can be increased.
 また、第1突出部25Aと、一対の第1ローラ81の間に入力側回転部材40の第1係合部42Aを配置し、第2突出部25Bと、一対の第1ローラ81の間に入力側回転部材40の第2係合部42Bを配置することで、入力側回転部材40の直径を小さくすることができる。また、ブレーキシュー20は、第1突出部25Aと第2突出部25Bを有することで、内側面23に設けられた凹みを有し、第1係合部42Aおよび第2係合部42Bは、この凹みの空間に配置されることになるので、外輪11と出力側回転部材30の間のスペースを有効利用することができる。これにより、ブレーキシュー20を小型化、軽量化することができる。 Further, the first engaging portion 42A of the input side rotating member 40 is arranged between the first protruding portion 25A and the pair of first rollers 81, and the first engaging portion 42A of the input side rotating member 40 is arranged between the second protruding portion 25B and the pair of first rollers 81. By arranging the second engaging portion 42B of the input side rotating member 40, the diameter of the input side rotating member 40 can be reduced. Further, the brake shoe 20 has a recess provided on the inner side surface 23 by having the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B, and the first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B have a recess. Since it is arranged in this recessed space, the space between the outer ring 11 and the output side rotating member 30 can be effectively used. As a result, the brake shoe 20 can be made smaller and lighter.
 また、第1係合部42Aおよび第2係合部42Bは、ブレーキシュー20を回転方向に押してブレーキシュー20を回転させる機能だけではなく、第1ローラ81を回転方向に押して、ブレーキ力を解除する機能をも有する。すなわち、第1係合部42Aおよび第2係合部42Bが2つの機能を有することで、ブレーキ装置1を小型化、軽量化することができる。 Further, the first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B not only have a function of pushing the brake shoe 20 in the rotational direction to rotate the brake shoe 20, but also push the first roller 81 in the rotational direction to release the braking force. It also has the function of That is, since the first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B have two functions, the brake device 1 can be made smaller and lighter.
 また、第1係合部42A、第2係合部42Bおよび接触凸部46を、出力側回転部材30の回転軸線X1を中心とする一の円周C1上に配置することで、外輪11と出力側回転部材30の間のスペースを有効利用して、ブレーキ装置1を小型化、軽量化することができる。 Further, by arranging the first engaging portion 42A, the second engaging portion 42B, and the contact convex portion 46 on one circumference C1 centered on the rotation axis X1 of the output side rotating member 30, the outer ring 11 and the outer ring 11 are arranged. The brake device 1 can be made smaller and lighter by effectively utilizing the space between the output side rotating members 30.
 また、入力側回転部材40に溝48を設けることで、入力側回転部材40を軽量化し、ブレーキ装置1を軽量化することができる。 Further, by providing the groove 48 in the input side rotating member 40, the weight of the input side rotating member 40 can be reduced and the weight of the brake device 1 can be reduced.
 また、ブレーキシュー20の、第1突出部25Aと第2突出部25Bの間の凹みに作用部31が入り込んだ配置であることで、第1突出部25Aと第2突出部25Bの間の空間を有効利用して、ブレーキ装置1を、小型化、軽量化することができる。 Further, the brake shoe 20 is arranged so that the acting portion 31 is inserted into the recess between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B, so that the space between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B is formed. The brake device 1 can be made smaller and lighter by effectively utilizing the above.
 また、出力側回転部材30が、回転軸線X1上に、入力側回転部材40を回動操作するためのレバー75を取り付けるネジ77を収容する凹部37を有することで、出力側回転部材30を軽量化して、ブレーキ装置1を軽量化することができる。 Further, the output-side rotating member 30 has a recess 37 on the rotation axis X1 for accommodating a screw 77 for attaching a lever 75 for rotating the input-side rotating member 40, thereby making the output-side rotating member 30 lightweight. The weight of the brake device 1 can be reduced.
 次に、第2実施形態に係るブレーキ装置1Aについて、適宜図面を参照しながら詳細に説明する。
 図15に示すように、ブレーキ装置1Aは、乗物用シートの一例としての車両用シートSのシートクッションS1の高さを調整するためのハイトアジャスト機構に適用されるものである。ブレーキ装置1Aは、ブレーキ装置1Aが有する操作部材55にレバー59が取り付けられる。そして、レバー59の操作により、後述する出力側回転部材30を回転させてハイトアジャスト機構を駆動してシートクッションS1の高さを調整可能である。具体的には、レバー59を中立位置Nから上げると、シートクッションS1が所定量上がり、レバー59を中立位置Nから下げると、シートクッションS1が所定量下がるようになっている。なお、レバー59を、上または下の位置から中立位置Nに戻すときには、出力側回転部材30が回転しないようになっている。
Next, the brake device 1A according to the second embodiment will be described in detail with reference to the drawings as appropriate.
As shown in FIG. 15, the brake device 1A is applied to a height adjusting mechanism for adjusting the height of the seat cushion S1 of the vehicle seat S as an example of the vehicle seat. In the brake device 1A, the lever 59 is attached to the operating member 55 of the brake device 1A. Then, by operating the lever 59, the height of the seat cushion S1 can be adjusted by rotating the output side rotating member 30, which will be described later, to drive the height adjustment mechanism. Specifically, when the lever 59 is raised from the neutral position N, the seat cushion S1 is raised by a predetermined amount, and when the lever 59 is lowered from the neutral position N, the seat cushion S1 is lowered by a predetermined amount. When the lever 59 is returned from the upper or lower position to the neutral position N, the output side rotating member 30 does not rotate.
 図16に示すように、ブレーキ装置1Aは、筐体100に各部材が収納されて構成されている。なお、筐体100は、外輪部材10、第1カバー部材160および第2カバー部材170の組合せにより構成されている。また、以下の説明では、操作部材55が配置される図16の左側を「入力側」と称し、出力側回転部材30の出力ギヤ35が配置される図16の右側を「出力側」と称する。 As shown in FIG. 16, the brake device 1A is configured such that each member is housed in a housing 100. The housing 100 is composed of a combination of an outer ring member 10, a first cover member 160, and a second cover member 170. Further, in the following description, the left side of FIG. 16 in which the operating member 55 is arranged is referred to as an “input side”, and the right side of FIG. 16 in which the output gear 35 of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged is referred to as an “output side”. ..
 ブレーキ装置1Aは、入力側に設けられ、操作部材55の回動動作による入力トルクを伝達・遮断するラチェット部2と、出力側に設けられ、ラチェット部2からの入力トルクを出力側回転部材30の出力ギヤ35に伝達するとともに、出力ギヤ35からの逆入力トルクを遮断するブレーキ部3とを備えてなる。 The brake device 1A is provided on the input side and is provided on the ratchet portion 2 for transmitting and shutting off the input torque due to the rotational operation of the operating member 55, and is provided on the output side and is provided on the output side to transmit the input torque from the ratchet portion 2 to the output side rotating member 30. It is provided with a brake unit 3 that transmits the torque to the output gear 35 and cuts off the reverse input torque from the output gear 35.
 ラチェット部2とブレーキ部3の構成部品の概略を説明すると、ラチェット部2は、操作部材55と、操作リング51と、第2可動片の一例としての第2ローラ82と、第2バネ87と、リターンスプリング85と、入力側回転部材40とを備えてなる。また、ブレーキ部3は、外輪部材10と、ブレーキシュー20と、出力側回転部材30と、入力側回転部材40と、第1ローラ81と、第1バネ86と、摩擦部材90とを備えてなる。なお、入力側回転部材40は、ラチェット部2の出力部材であるとともに、ブレーキ部3の入力部材であり、ラチェット部2とブレーキ部3のいずれの部品ともいうことができる。 Explaining the outline of the components of the ratchet portion 2 and the brake portion 3, the ratchet portion 2 includes an operation member 55, an operation ring 51, a second roller 82 as an example of the second movable piece, and a second spring 87. , The return spring 85 and the input side rotating member 40 are provided. Further, the brake unit 3 includes an outer ring member 10, a brake shoe 20, an output side rotating member 30, an input side rotating member 40, a first roller 81, a first spring 86, and a friction member 90. Become. The input-side rotating member 40 is an output member of the ratchet section 2 and an input member of the brake section 3, and can be said to be any component of the ratchet section 2 and the brake section 3.
 次に、ブレーキ部3およびラチェット部2の構成の詳細を説明する。
 まず、ブレーキ部3の構成について説明する。
 外輪部材10は、外輪11と、側壁部12と、第1軸受部13とを有してなる。
 外輪11は、所定肉厚のリングからなり、円筒状の内周面14と、円筒状の外周面15と、内周面14と外周面15を入力側で繋ぐ側面16とを有している。
 側壁部12は、外輪11の出力側端部から径方向内側に延びている。側壁部12は、ブレーキシュー20が出力側回転部材30の軸方向における一方側(出力側)に移動するのを規制する。なお、本明細書において、出力側回転部材30の軸方向を単に「軸方向」と記載する。
 側壁部12には、内周面14と同軸の円形の軸支孔12Aが形成されている。第1軸受部13は、おり、軸支孔12Aの縁から出力側に延びる円形のフランジである。第1軸受部13は、出力側回転部材30を軸支する。すなわち、外輪部材10は、第1軸受部13は、側壁部12と一体に形成されている。
Next, the details of the configuration of the brake portion 3 and the ratchet portion 2 will be described.
First, the configuration of the brake unit 3 will be described.
The outer ring member 10 includes an outer ring 11, a side wall portion 12, and a first bearing portion 13.
The outer ring 11 is made of a ring having a predetermined thickness, and has a cylindrical inner peripheral surface 14, a cylindrical outer peripheral surface 15, and a side surface 16 connecting the inner peripheral surface 14 and the outer peripheral surface 15 on the input side. ..
The side wall portion 12 extends radially inward from the output side end portion of the outer ring 11. The side wall portion 12 regulates the movement of the brake shoe 20 to one side (output side) in the axial direction of the output side rotating member 30. In this specification, the axial direction of the output side rotating member 30 is simply referred to as "axial direction".
A circular shaft support hole 12A coaxial with the inner peripheral surface 14 is formed in the side wall portion 12. The first bearing portion 13 is a circular flange extending from the edge of the shaft support hole 12A to the output side. The first bearing portion 13 pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30. That is, in the outer ring member 10, the first bearing portion 13 is integrally formed with the side wall portion 12.
 側壁部12には、複数の孔12Hが設けられている。複数の孔12Hは、ブレーキ装置1Aを組み立てるときに、外輪部材10を、出力側を下にして置き、ブレーキシュー20を外輪11の中に配置したときに、ブレーキシュー20を下から支持する治具としてのピンを通すための孔である。このようなピンによってブレーキシュー20を支持することにより、側壁部12の精度によらず、ブレーキシュー20を所定の高さ(軸方向における位置)に配置した状態で第1ローラ81などの他の部品を組み付けることができる。 A plurality of holes 12H are provided in the side wall portion 12. The plurality of holes 12H support the brake shoe 20 from below when the outer ring member 10 is placed with the output side facing down and the brake shoe 20 is placed in the outer ring 11 when the brake device 1A is assembled. It is a hole for passing a pin as a tool. By supporting the brake shoe 20 with such a pin, the brake shoe 20 is arranged at a predetermined height (position in the axial direction) regardless of the accuracy of the side wall portion 12, and the first roller 81 or the like is used. Parts can be assembled.
 外輪部材10は、鍛造またはプレス成形により成形することができる。鍛造またはプレス成形により、第1軸受部13をバーリングにより成形する際に、外輪11の内周面14を第1軸受部13の内周面を成形する型と同じ型で成形し、または、内周面14と嵌合する型を用いることにより、内周面14の中心と、第1軸受部13の中心を精度良く合わせることができる。 The outer ring member 10 can be formed by forging or press molding. When the first bearing portion 13 is formed by burring by forging or press forming, the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is formed with the same mold as the mold for forming the inner peripheral surface of the first bearing portion 13, or the inner peripheral surface 14 is formed. By using a mold that fits with the peripheral surface 14, the center of the inner peripheral surface 14 and the center of the first bearing portion 13 can be accurately aligned.
 ブレーキシュー20は、外輪11との間でブレーキ力を発生する部材であり、外輪11の径方向内側に周方向に等間隔で並ぶように3つ配置されている。ブレーキシュー20は、周方向に延びる本体部20Aと、本体部20Aの外周において径方向外側に突出する外側突出部20Bおよび中央突起20Cと、本体部20Aの内周の周方向各端部において径方向内側に突出する第1突出部25Aおよび第2突出部25Bとを有して構成されている。なお、本明細書において、径方向および周方向は、外輪11の内周面14を基準とする。 The brake shoes 20 are members that generate a braking force with the outer ring 11, and three brake shoes 20 are arranged inside the outer ring 11 in the radial direction so as to be arranged at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. The brake shoe 20 has a main body portion 20A extending in the circumferential direction, an outer protruding portion 20B and a central protrusion 20C protruding radially outward on the outer circumference of the main body portion 20A, and a diameter at each end portion in the circumferential direction of the inner circumference of the main body portion 20A. It is configured to have a first protruding portion 25A and a second protruding portion 25B protruding inward in the direction. In this specification, the radial direction and the circumferential direction are based on the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
 外側突出部20Bは、各ブレーキシュー20に、本体部20Aの外周の周方向両端部に1つずつ、つまり一対設けられている。各外側突出部20Bは、径方向外側の先端に、外輪11の内周面14に対向して当該内周面14と接触可能なブレーキ面21を有している。このブレーキ面21は、外輪11の内周面14と略同じ曲率であり、図17に示すように、ブレーキ面21のうち、周方向の外側(各ブレーキシュー20を基準とする周方向外側)で外輪11の内周面14に接触するように配置されている。これにより、ブレーキシュー20が径方向外側に付勢されたときには、ブレーキ面21の周方向の端部領域が外輪11の内周面14に押し付けられるようになっている。 One outer protrusion 20B is provided on each brake shoe 20 at both ends in the circumferential direction of the outer circumference of the main body 20A, that is, a pair. Each outer protrusion 20B has a brake surface 21 at the tip on the outer side in the radial direction, which faces the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 and can come into contact with the inner peripheral surface 14. The brake surface 21 has substantially the same curvature as the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and as shown in FIG. 17, the outer side of the brake surface 21 in the circumferential direction (the outer side in the circumferential direction with respect to each brake shoe 20). Is arranged so as to come into contact with the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11. As a result, when the brake shoe 20 is urged outward in the radial direction, the peripheral end region of the brake surface 21 in the circumferential direction is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
 図16に示すように、中央突起20Cは、本体部20Aの外周の周方向中央部に設けられている。中央突起20Cの径方向外側の先端には、外輪11の内周面14に当接可能な支持面26が設けられている。別の言い方をすれば、支持面26は、一対のブレーキ面21の間における中央に設けられている。この支持面26は、外輪11の内周面14と略同じ曲率であり、外輪11の内周面14に沿った円筒面形状を有している。支持面26は、ブレーキシュー20および出力側回転部材30に負荷が掛かっていない状態において、外輪11の内周面14から離間している。 As shown in FIG. 16, the central protrusion 20C is provided at the central portion in the circumferential direction of the outer periphery of the main body portion 20A. A support surface 26 capable of contacting the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is provided at the radial outer tip of the central protrusion 20C. In other words, the support surface 26 is provided at the center between the pair of brake surfaces 21. The support surface 26 has substantially the same curvature as the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and has a cylindrical surface shape along the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11. The support surface 26 is separated from the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 in a state where the brake shoe 20 and the output side rotating member 30 are not loaded.
 ブレーキシュー20は、一対のブレーキ面21の一方と支持面26との間、および、一対のブレーキ面21の他方と支持面26との間に、ブレーキ面21より小径の円筒面状の外周面22を有している。また、ブレーキシュー20は、第1突出部25Aと第2突出部25Bの間に、径方向内側を向く内側面23を有している。 The brake shoe 20 has a cylindrical outer peripheral surface having a diameter smaller than that of the brake surface 21 between one of the pair of brake surfaces 21 and the support surface 26 and between the other of the pair of brake surfaces 21 and the support surface 26. Has 22. Further, the brake shoe 20 has an inner side surface 23 facing inward in the radial direction between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B.
 図17に示すように、内側面23は、それぞれ、周方向の外側に行くにつれ、出力側回転部材30の対向面36(図の下側)に近づくように傾斜する第1接触面23Aを有している。第1接触面23Aは、第1ローラ81と接触可能である。 As shown in FIG. 17, each of the inner side surfaces 23 has a first contact surface 23A that inclines toward the facing surface 36 (lower side in the figure) of the output side rotating member 30 as it goes outward in the circumferential direction. doing. The first contact surface 23A is in contact with the first roller 81.
 第1突出部25Aは、内側面23の周方向の一方の端部(本実施形態では、入力側から出力側に向かってみて反時計回り方向の端部)に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出している。
 第2突出部25Bは、内側面23の周方向の他方の端部に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出している。
The first protruding portion 25A is arranged at one end of the inner side surface 23 in the circumferential direction (in the present embodiment, the end in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the input side to the output side) and is directed inward in the radial direction. It is protruding.
The second protruding portion 25B is arranged at the other end of the inner side surface 23 in the circumferential direction and protrudes inward in the radial direction.
 出力側回転部材30は、ブレーキシュー20の径方向内側に配置されている。図16に示すように、出力側回転部材30は、軸状の作用部31と、この作用部31の出力側に形成された第1軸部32と、作用部31から入力側に突出し、第1軸部32と同軸の第2軸部33と、第1軸部32の出力側に突出して形成された出力ギヤ35とを備えて構成されている。出力ギヤ35は、側壁部12の軸支孔12Aを通って出力側に突出している(図18参照)。 The output side rotating member 30 is arranged inside the brake shoe 20 in the radial direction. As shown in FIG. 16, the output-side rotating member 30 protrudes from the shaft-shaped acting portion 31, the first shaft portion 32 formed on the output side of the acting portion 31, and the acting portion 31 to the input side, and has a second position. It is configured to include a second shaft portion 33 coaxial with the first shaft portion 32, and an output gear 35 formed so as to project toward the output side of the first shaft portion 32. The output gear 35 projects to the output side through the shaft support hole 12A of the side wall portion 12 (see FIG. 18).
 図19に示すように、作用部31は、その外周に、ブレーキシュー20の内側面23に対向する対向面36と、接続面38とを有している。対向面36は、各ブレーキシュー20の内側面23に対応して作用部31の外周に3つ設けられている。各内側面23と各対向面36の間には、一対の第1ローラ81が配置されている。また、接続面38は、各対向面36を周方向に繋ぐ部分であり、作用部31の外周の周方向に隣り合う一対の対向面36の間に1つずつ、合計で3つ設けられている。接続面38は、出力側回転部材30の回転軸線X1を中心とする断面視円弧形状の曲面として形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 19, the working portion 31 has an facing surface 36 facing the inner side surface 23 of the brake shoe 20 and a connecting surface 38 on the outer periphery thereof. Three facing surfaces 36 are provided on the outer periphery of the working portion 31 corresponding to the inner surface 23 of each brake shoe 20. A pair of first rollers 81 are arranged between each inner side surface 23 and each facing surface 36. Further, the connecting surface 38 is a portion that connects each of the facing surfaces 36 in the circumferential direction, and is provided between a pair of facing surfaces 36 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the outer periphery of the working portion 31, for a total of three. There is. The connecting surface 38 is formed as a curved surface having an arc shape in cross section centered on the rotation axis X1 of the output side rotating member 30.
 対向面36は、当該対向面36における周方向の外側の両端部に、第1ローラ81と接触可能な第2接触面36Aを有している。第2接触面36Aは、周方向外側に行くにつれ、内側面23に近づくように傾斜している。 The facing surface 36 has a second contact surface 36A capable of contacting the first roller 81 at both ends on the outer side of the facing surface 36 in the circumferential direction. The second contact surface 36A is inclined so as to approach the inner side surface 23 as it goes outward in the circumferential direction.
 第1ローラ81は、各ブレーキシュー20の内側面23と出力側回転部材30の対応する対向面36の間に一対ずつ、計3対配置されている。一対の第1ローラ81は、一対の第1可動片の一例である。第1ローラ81は、周方向において、ブレーキシュー20の第1突出部25Aと第2突出部25Bの間に配置されている。ここでは、各内側面23と対応する対向面36の間に配置された一対の第1ローラ81のうち、図19の反時計回り側に配置された方を第1ローラ81Aとし、時計回り側に配置された方を第1ローラ81Bとする。ブレーキシュー20および出力側回転部材30に負荷が掛かっていない状態において、第1ローラ81は、内側面23および対向面36に挟持されている。
 外部から出力側回転部材30を回転させるトルクが入力された場合には、対向面36が第1ローラ81を介して間接的にブレーキシュー20の内側面23を押し、ブレーキシュー20は、ブレーキ面21が外輪11の内周面14に押し付けられる。第1ローラ81は、内側面23と対向面36との間で挟持されることで、ブレーキシュー20のブレーキ力を発生させる。
A total of three pairs of first rollers 81 are arranged between the inner side surface 23 of each brake shoe 20 and the corresponding facing surfaces 36 of the output side rotating member 30. The pair of first rollers 81 is an example of a pair of first movable pieces. The first roller 81 is arranged between the first protruding portion 25A and the second protruding portion 25B of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction. Here, of the pair of first rollers 81 arranged between the inner side surfaces 23 and the corresponding facing surfaces 36, the one arranged on the counterclockwise side in FIG. 19 is referred to as the first roller 81A, and the clockwise side. The one arranged in is referred to as the first roller 81B. The first roller 81 is sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 in a state where the brake shoe 20 and the output side rotating member 30 are not loaded.
When a torque for rotating the output side rotating member 30 is input from the outside, the facing surface 36 indirectly pushes the inner surface 23 of the brake shoe 20 via the first roller 81, and the brake shoe 20 is the brake surface. 21 is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11. The first roller 81 is sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 to generate a braking force of the brake shoe 20.
 第1バネ86は、圧縮コイルバネであり、一対の第1ローラ81A,81Bの間に1つずつ設けられている。第1バネ86は、一対の第1ローラ81A,81Bを互いに周方向に離間させるように付勢する。これにより、一対の第1ローラ81A,81Bは、内側面23と対向面36の間に形成される空間の狭い側に付勢されている。 The first spring 86 is a compression coil spring, and is provided one by one between the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B. The first spring 86 urges the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B so as to be separated from each other in the circumferential direction. As a result, the pair of first rollers 81A and 81B are urged on the narrow side of the space formed between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36.
 内側面23および対向面36は、入力側回転部材40によりブレーキシュー20に回転トルクを与えると第1ローラ81を介して内側面23が対向面36を押して出力側回転部材30が回転する一方、出力側回転部材30に回転トルクを与えても、第1ローラ81を介して対向面36が内側面23を押してブレーキ面21が外輪11の内周面14に押し付けられることでブレーキシュー20が回転しないように構成されている。すなわち、そのように機能するように、第1接触面23Aに対する第2接触面36Aの傾斜角や位置などが調整されている。 When rotational torque is applied to the brake shoes 20 by the input side rotating member 40, the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 push the facing surface 36 via the first roller 81 to rotate the output side rotating member 30. Even if a rotational torque is applied to the output side rotating member 30, the opposing surface 36 pushes the inner side surface 23 via the first roller 81 and the brake surface 21 is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, so that the brake shoe 20 rotates. It is configured not to. That is, the inclination angle and the position of the second contact surface 36A with respect to the first contact surface 23A are adjusted so as to function as such.
 図16に示すように、入力側回転部材40は、出力側回転部材30の回転軸線X1周りに回転可能である。入力側回転部材40は、ラチェット部2の回転を出力し、ブレーキ部3のブレーキシュー20に周方向で接触してブレーキシュー20に回転トルクを与えることが可能な部材である。入力側回転部材40は、円筒状の受圧リング部41と、受圧リング部41の出力側端部から軸方向における出力側に向けて突出した複数の係合部42とを有する。 As shown in FIG. 16, the input-side rotating member 40 is rotatable around the rotation axis X1 of the output-side rotating member 30. The input-side rotating member 40 is a member capable of outputting the rotation of the ratchet portion 2 and contacting the brake shoe 20 of the brake portion 3 in the circumferential direction to apply rotational torque to the brake shoe 20. The input side rotating member 40 has a cylindrical pressure receiving ring portion 41 and a plurality of engaging portions 42 protruding from the output side end portion of the pressure receiving ring portion 41 toward the output side in the axial direction.
 受圧リング部41は、外周面41Aと内周面41Bとを有する。
 外周面41Aは、凹凸の無い円筒面である。
 内周面41Bは、円筒面の一部に、径方向内側に突出した凸面部47を有する。
The pressure receiving ring portion 41 has an outer peripheral surface 41A and an inner peripheral surface 41B.
The outer peripheral surface 41A is a cylindrical surface having no unevenness.
The inner peripheral surface 41B has a convex surface portion 47 projecting inward in the radial direction as a part of the cylindrical surface.
 図17、図20に示すように、係合部42は、各ブレーキシュー20に対応して2つずつ、計6つ設けられている。各ブレーキシュー20に対応する2つの係合部42は、第1ローラ81Aと第1突出部25Aの間に配置された第1係合部42Aと、第1ローラ81Bと第2突出部25Bの間に配置された第2係合部42Bとを含む。 As shown in FIGS. 17 and 20, a total of six engaging portions 42 are provided, two for each brake shoe 20. The two engaging portions 42 corresponding to the brake shoes 20 are the first engaging portion 42A arranged between the first roller 81A and the first protruding portion 25A, and the first roller 81B and the second protruding portion 25B. It includes a second engaging portion 42B arranged between them.
 第1係合部42Aおよび第2係合部42Bは、ブレーキシュー20によるブレーキ力を解除するとともにブレーキシュー20を回転させる機能を有する。
 図26に示すように、入力側回転部材40が第1回転方向(図26の時計回り)に回転する場合には、第1係合部42Aが一対の第1可動片の一方である第1ローラ81Aを押してブレーキ力を解除するとともに、第2係合部42Bが第2突出部25Bを押してブレーキシュー20を第1回転方向に回転させる。
 一方、図27に示すように、入力側回転部材40が第1回転方向とは逆の第2回転方向(図27の反時計回り)に回転する場合には、第2係合部42Bが一対の第1可動片の他方である第1ローラ81Bを押してブレーキ力を解除するとともに、第1係合部42Aが第1突出部25Aを押してブレーキシュー20を第2回転方向に回転させる。
The first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B have a function of releasing the braking force by the brake shoe 20 and rotating the brake shoe 20.
As shown in FIG. 26, when the input side rotating member 40 rotates in the first rotation direction (clockwise in FIG. 26), the first engaging portion 42A is one of the pair of first movable pieces. The roller 81A is pushed to release the braking force, and the second engaging portion 42B pushes the second protruding portion 25B to rotate the brake shoe 20 in the first rotation direction.
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 27, when the input side rotating member 40 rotates in the second rotation direction (counterclockwise in FIG. 27) opposite to the first rotation direction, the second engaging portion 42B is paired. The first roller 81B, which is the other end of the first movable piece, is pushed to release the braking force, and the first engaging portion 42A pushes the first protruding portion 25A to rotate the brake shoe 20 in the second rotation direction.
 図21に示すように、各凸面部47は、最も径方向内側に突出した頂部47Aと、頂部47Aに対して図21の時計回り側(図20では反時計回り側)に隣接した解除面47Bと、図21の反時計回り側(図20では時計回り側)に隣接した逃げ面47Cとを有する。 As shown in FIG. 21, each convex surface portion 47 has a top portion 47A protruding most radially inward and a release surface 47B adjacent to the top portion 47A on the clockwise side (counterclockwise side in FIG. 20) of FIG. And a flank 47C adjacent to the counterclockwise side of FIG. 21 (clockwise side in FIG. 20).
 受圧リング部41の内側には、出力側回転部材30の作用部31が配置される。入力側回転部材40の内周面41Bのうち、円筒形状の部分は、作用部31の接続面38と嵌合し、凸面部47は、対向面36に対向している。 Inside the pressure receiving ring portion 41, the acting portion 31 of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged. Of the inner peripheral surface 41B of the input-side rotating member 40, the cylindrical portion is fitted with the connecting surface 38 of the working portion 31, and the convex surface portion 47 faces the facing surface 36.
 解除面47Bは、車両用シートSに座った乗員の重みによる図21の反時計回り方向の回転トルクが出力側回転部材30に入力されている状態から、入力側回転部材40を当該回転トルクと逆の回転方向(図21の時計回り方向)に回転させた場合に、第2係合部42Bがブレーキシュー20の第2突出部25Bに周方向で当接した時点(図26参照)と略同時に対向面36に接触(解除面47Bの、頂部47Aに近い部分が接触)して、出力側回転部材30に回転トルクを伝達可能な形状を有している。すなわち、入力側回転部材40は、出力側回転部材30に接触して出力側回転部材30を回転させることが可能である。 On the release surface 47B, the rotation torque in the counterclockwise direction of FIG. 21 due to the weight of the occupant sitting on the vehicle seat S is input to the output side rotation member 30, and the input side rotation member 40 is referred to as the rotation torque. It is abbreviated as the time when the second engaging portion 42B abuts on the second protruding portion 25B of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction when rotated in the opposite rotation direction (clockwise direction in FIG. 21) (see FIG. 26). At the same time, it has a shape capable of transmitting rotational torque to the output side rotating member 30 by contacting the facing surface 36 (the portion of the release surface 47B close to the top 47A). That is, the input-side rotating member 40 can come into contact with the output-side rotating member 30 to rotate the output-side rotating member 30.
 逃げ面47Cは、入力側回転部材40を図17の反計回り方向に回転させて、第1係合部42Aがブレーキシュー20の第1突出部25Aに周方向で当接した時点(図27参照)において対向面36に当接しない形状となっている。もっとも、逃げ面47Cは、解除面47Bと同様の機能を発揮するような形状を有していてもよい。言い換えると、各回転方向に対応して解除面が設けられていてもよい。 The flank 47C is when the input side rotating member 40 is rotated in the counterclockwise direction of FIG. 17 and the first engaging portion 42A comes into contact with the first protruding portion 25A of the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction (FIG. 27). (See), the shape is such that it does not abut on the facing surface 36. However, the flank 47C may have a shape that exerts the same function as the release surface 47B. In other words, a release surface may be provided corresponding to each rotation direction.
 図16に示すように、摩擦部材90は、ブレーキ部3のブレーキ力が切れた瞬間に急激に出力側回転部材30の動作が開始するのを抑制するための補助ブレーキ力を発生する部材である。摩擦部材90は、ブレーキシュー20と外輪部材10の側壁部12の間に配置されている。摩擦部材90は、板状の本体部91と、本体部91から入力側に突出した3つの間隔保持部92とを有する。
 本体部91は、中心に、作用部31の外周形状に合致する嵌合孔93を有する。また、本体部91は、外周に、径方向外側に突出する複数の摩擦突起94を有する。さらに、本体部91は、軽量化のため、また、組付時に前記したピンが入ることで摩擦部材90の位相を決めるための複数の貫通孔95を有している。この貫通孔95は、軸方向から見て外輪部材10の孔12Hと重なっている(図示省略)。
 嵌合孔93が作用部31と嵌合することで、摩擦部材90は、出力側回転部材30と一体に回転する。
 摩擦突起94は、外輪11の内周面14に圧接する寸法を有しており、摩擦突起94が内周面14に圧接することで、摩擦突起94と内周面14の間で適度な摩擦力が発生する。
As shown in FIG. 16, the friction member 90 is a member that generates an auxiliary braking force for suppressing the sudden start of operation of the output side rotating member 30 at the moment when the braking force of the braking portion 3 is cut off. .. The friction member 90 is arranged between the brake shoe 20 and the side wall portion 12 of the outer ring member 10. The friction member 90 has a plate-shaped main body portion 91 and three spacing holding portions 92 protruding from the main body portion 91 toward the input side.
The main body 91 has a fitting hole 93 at the center that matches the outer peripheral shape of the working portion 31. Further, the main body 91 has a plurality of friction protrusions 94 protruding outward in the radial direction on the outer periphery. Further, the main body 91 has a plurality of through holes 95 for reducing the weight and for determining the phase of the friction member 90 by inserting the pin described above at the time of assembly. The through hole 95 overlaps with the hole 12H of the outer ring member 10 when viewed from the axial direction (not shown).
When the fitting hole 93 is fitted with the acting portion 31, the friction member 90 rotates integrally with the output side rotating member 30.
The friction protrusion 94 has a dimension of pressure contact with the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11, and when the friction protrusion 94 presses against the inner peripheral surface 14, appropriate friction between the friction protrusion 94 and the inner peripheral surface 14 Force is generated.
 間隔保持部92は、図17に示すように、周方向において、各ブレーキシュー20の間に配置されてブレーキシュー20の回転方向の間隔を保持する部分である。間隔保持部92は、ブレーキシュー20の数に合わせて複数、ここでは3つ設けられている。各間隔保持部92は周方向に隣接する2つのブレーキシュー20と、出力側回転部材30の接続面38とに囲まれた、略三角形の空間に配置されている。すなわち、2つのブレーキシュー20と出力側回転部材30との間の空間を有効利用して間隔保持部92を配置しているので、ブレーキ部3の大型化を抑制することができる。 As shown in FIG. 17, the interval holding portion 92 is a portion arranged between the brake shoes 20 in the circumferential direction to hold the interval in the rotation direction of the brake shoes 20. A plurality of interval holding portions 92 are provided according to the number of brake shoes 20, and here, three are provided. Each interval holding portion 92 is arranged in a substantially triangular space surrounded by two brake shoes 20 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction and a connecting surface 38 of the output side rotating member 30. That is, since the space holding portion 92 is arranged by effectively utilizing the space between the two brake shoes 20 and the output side rotating member 30, it is possible to suppress the increase in size of the brake portion 3.
 摩擦部材90を構成する材料は特に限定されないが、摩擦部材90は、例えば、樹脂からなっている。摩擦部材90を樹脂で構成すると、複雑な形状を容易に作ることができ、また、内周面14との摺動時に音が発生しにくいのでブレーキ部3の動作時の音を静かにすることができる。 The material constituting the friction member 90 is not particularly limited, but the friction member 90 is made of, for example, resin. If the friction member 90 is made of resin, a complicated shape can be easily made, and since noise is less likely to be generated when sliding with the inner peripheral surface 14, the noise during operation of the brake portion 3 should be quiet. Can be done.
 次に、筐体100の構成について説明する。
 図16~図18に示すように、筐体100は、外輪部材10、第1カバー部材160および第2カバー部材170とからなり、筐体100の中には、ブレーキシュー20、出力側回転部材30の作用部31、入力側回転部材40、操作リング51、第1ローラ81、第2ローラ82、第1バネ86、第2バネ87および摩擦部材90を収容している。図18に示すように、筐体100は、出力側回転部材30を軸支する第1軸受部13と、軸方向において第1軸受部13から離れて位置する第2軸受部175であって、出力側回転部材30を軸支する第2軸受部175と、を有する。第2軸受部175は、第2カバー部材170に設けられている。
Next, the configuration of the housing 100 will be described.
As shown in FIGS. 16 to 18, the housing 100 includes an outer ring member 10, a first cover member 160, and a second cover member 170, and the housing 100 includes a brake shoe 20 and an output-side rotating member. The action unit 31, the input side rotating member 40, the operation ring 51, the first roller 81, the second roller 82, the first spring 86, the second spring 87, and the friction member 90 are housed. As shown in FIG. 18, the housing 100 includes a first bearing portion 13 that pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30, and a second bearing portion 175 that is located away from the first bearing portion 13 in the axial direction. It has a second bearing portion 175 that pivotally supports the output side rotating member 30. The second bearing portion 175 is provided on the second cover member 170.
 第1カバー部材160は、金属板からなり、第1カバー部161と、外輪嵌合部162と、取付フランジ163と、規制突起164とを有する。 The first cover member 160 is made of a metal plate, and has a first cover portion 161, an outer ring fitting portion 162, a mounting flange 163, and a regulation protrusion 164.
 第1カバー部161は、円形の輪郭を有する板からなる。第1カバー部161は、軸方向において、ブレーキシュー20、第1ローラ81および第1バネ86の入力側に配置されている。前記した第2ローラ82は、第1カバー部161の入力側に配置されている。これにより、第1カバー部161は、ブレーキシュー20、第1ローラ81および第1バネ86が軸方向における他方側(入力側)へ移動するのを規制する。また、第1カバー部161は、第2ローラ82の、軸方向の一方側(出力側)への移動を規制する
 第1カバー部161は、入力側回転部材40が入ることができる孔161Aを有する。入力側回転部材40は、孔161Aの内側で回転することが可能である。
The first cover portion 161 is made of a plate having a circular contour. The first cover portion 161 is arranged on the input side of the brake shoe 20, the first roller 81, and the first spring 86 in the axial direction. The second roller 82 described above is arranged on the input side of the first cover portion 161. As a result, the first cover portion 161 regulates the movement of the brake shoe 20, the first roller 81, and the first spring 86 to the other side (input side) in the axial direction. Further, the first cover portion 161 regulates the movement of the second roller 82 to one side (output side) in the axial direction. The first cover portion 161 has a hole 161A into which the input side rotating member 40 can be inserted. Have. The input-side rotating member 40 can rotate inside the hole 161A.
 外輪嵌合部162は、第1カバー部材160の径方向の端部から、軸方向における出力側に延びる円筒形状を有する。図18に示すように、外輪嵌合部162は、外輪11の外周面15に嵌合する。そして、外輪嵌合部162の径方向外側からレーザ溶接のレーザ光が当てられることで、外輪嵌合部162の内周面162Gは、外輪11の外周面15と溶接されている(図18に、位相をずらして示した溶接部W1参照)。 The outer ring fitting portion 162 has a cylindrical shape extending from the radial end of the first cover member 160 to the output side in the axial direction. As shown in FIG. 18, the outer ring fitting portion 162 is fitted to the outer peripheral surface 15 of the outer ring 11. Then, the inner peripheral surface 162G of the outer ring fitting portion 162 is welded to the outer peripheral surface 15 of the outer ring 11 by irradiating the laser beam of laser welding from the radial outside of the outer ring fitting portion 162 (FIG. 18). , Refer to the welded portion W1 shown in phase shift).
 図16に示すように、取付フランジ163は、外輪嵌合部162から径方向外側に延びている。取付フランジ163は、他の部材にブレーキ装置1Aを取り付けるため部分であり、図示しないボルトやリベットを通すための取付孔163Aを複数有している。 As shown in FIG. 16, the mounting flange 163 extends radially outward from the outer ring fitting portion 162. The mounting flange 163 is a portion for mounting the brake device 1A to another member, and has a plurality of mounting holes 163A for passing bolts and rivets (not shown).
 規制突起164は、第1カバー部161から軸方向の入力側に突出している。図21に示すように、規制突起164は、複数の第2ローラ82の間に配置される。規制突起164は、第2ローラ82の中心よりも、出力側回転部材30の回転軸線X1からの距離が小さい位置で第2ローラ82に接触する。このため、第2ローラ82は、規制突起164から受ける反力により、径方向外側に付勢される。つまり、第2ローラ82は、規制突起164に当たっている状態では操作リング51の内周面52に押し付けられる。 The regulation protrusion 164 protrudes from the first cover portion 161 toward the input side in the axial direction. As shown in FIG. 21, the regulation protrusion 164 is arranged between the plurality of second rollers 82. The regulation protrusion 164 comes into contact with the second roller 82 at a position where the distance from the rotation axis X1 of the output side rotating member 30 is smaller than the center of the second roller 82. Therefore, the second roller 82 is urged outward in the radial direction by the reaction force received from the regulation protrusion 164. That is, the second roller 82 is pressed against the inner peripheral surface 52 of the operation ring 51 in a state of being in contact with the regulation protrusion 164.
 図16に示すように、第2カバー部材170は、金属板からなり、第2カバー部171と、ガイド部172と、位置決め部173と、カバー嵌合部174と、第2軸受部175(図18参照)とを有する。 As shown in FIG. 16, the second cover member 170 is made of a metal plate, and has a second cover portion 171, a guide portion 172, a positioning portion 173, a cover fitting portion 174, and a second bearing portion 175 (FIG. 16). 18) and.
 第2カバー部171は、円形の輪郭を有する板からなる。第2カバー部171は、軸方向における操作リング51、入力側回転部材40、第2ローラ82および第2バネ87の入力側に配置されている。これにより、第2カバー部171は、操作リング51、入力側回転部材40、第2ローラ82および第2バネ87の軸方向の他方側(入力側)への移動を規制する。第2カバー部171は、中央に、出力側回転部材30の第2軸部33が配置される貫通孔171Bを有する。第2カバー部171の貫通孔171Bの周囲の部分は第2軸受部175である。
 また、第2カバー部171は、周方向に沿った円弧状に延びる孔171Cを3つ有する。孔171Cは、規制突起164が係合することで、第2カバー部材170の第1カバー部材160に対する向きを規定する。なお、孔171Cに係合した規制突起164は、第2カバー部171から入力側に突出する(図19参照)
The second cover portion 171 is made of a plate having a circular contour. The second cover portion 171 is arranged on the input side of the operation ring 51, the input side rotating member 40, the second roller 82, and the second spring 87 in the axial direction. As a result, the second cover portion 171 regulates the movement of the operation ring 51, the input side rotating member 40, the second roller 82, and the second spring 87 to the other side (input side) in the axial direction. The second cover portion 171 has a through hole 171B in the center in which the second shaft portion 33 of the output side rotating member 30 is arranged. The portion around the through hole 171B of the second cover portion 171 is the second bearing portion 175.
Further, the second cover portion 171 has three holes 171C extending in an arc shape along the circumferential direction. The hole 171C defines the orientation of the second cover member 170 with respect to the first cover member 160 by engaging the regulation protrusion 164. The regulation protrusion 164 engaged with the hole 171C protrudes from the second cover portion 171 toward the input side (see FIG. 19).
 ガイド部172は、第2カバー部171の径方向の端部から、軸方向における出力側に延びる板である。ガイド部172は、操作リング51の外周面53Aの外側に沿って円弧状に延びている。ガイド部172は、互いに周方向に離れて2つ設けられている。ガイド部172は、操作リング51の回動動作を外側からガイドする。 The guide portion 172 is a plate extending from the radial end of the second cover portion 171 to the output side in the axial direction. The guide portion 172 extends in an arc shape along the outer side of the outer peripheral surface 53A of the operation ring 51. Two guide portions 172 are provided so as to be separated from each other in the circumferential direction. The guide unit 172 guides the rotational operation of the operation ring 51 from the outside.
 位置決め部173は、ガイド部172の出力側の端部から径方向外側に延びる部分である。位置決め部173は、第1カバー部161に入力側から接触することで、第2カバー部材170の軸方向の位置を決める(図18参照)。 The positioning portion 173 is a portion extending radially outward from the output side end of the guide portion 172. The positioning unit 173 determines the position of the second cover member 170 in the axial direction by contacting the first cover unit 161 from the input side (see FIG. 18).
 カバー嵌合部174は、位置決め部173の径方向外側の端部から、軸方向における出力側に延びる板である。カバー嵌合部174は、第1カバー部材160の外輪嵌合部162の外側に沿って円弧状に延びている。図18に示すように、カバー嵌合部174は、外輪嵌合部162の外周面162Fに嵌合している。そして、カバー嵌合部174の径方向外側からレーザ溶接のレーザ光が当てられることで、カバー嵌合部174の内周面174Fは、外輪嵌合部162の外周面162Fと溶接されている(溶接部W2参照)。 The cover fitting portion 174 is a plate extending from the radial outer end of the positioning portion 173 to the output side in the axial direction. The cover fitting portion 174 extends in an arc shape along the outside of the outer ring fitting portion 162 of the first cover member 160. As shown in FIG. 18, the cover fitting portion 174 is fitted to the outer peripheral surface 162F of the outer ring fitting portion 162. Then, the inner peripheral surface 174F of the cover fitting portion 174 is welded to the outer peripheral surface 162F of the outer ring fitting portion 162 by irradiating the laser beam of laser welding from the radial outside of the cover fitting portion 174. See welded part W2).
 出力側回転部材30は、第1軸部32が外輪部材10の第1軸受部13に軸支されている。そして、第1軸受部13の入力側の端部が、軸方向において出力側回転部材30の作用部31の出力側の側面と当接することで、出力側回転部材30が軸方向の一方側(出力側)へ移動するのを規制する。
 また、出力側回転部材30は、第2軸部33が第2カバー部材170の第2軸受部175に軸支されている。そして、第2軸受部175の出力側の面が、軸方向において出力側回転部材30の作用部31の入力側の側面と当接することで、出力側回転部材30が軸方向の他方側(入力側)へ移動するのを規制する。
In the output side rotating member 30, the first shaft portion 32 is pivotally supported by the first bearing portion 13 of the outer ring member 10. Then, the input-side end of the first bearing portion 13 comes into contact with the output-side side surface of the action portion 31 of the output-side rotating member 30 in the axial direction, so that the output-side rotating member 30 is on one side in the axial direction ( Restrict movement to the output side).
Further, in the output side rotating member 30, the second shaft portion 33 is pivotally supported by the second bearing portion 175 of the second cover member 170. Then, the output-side surface of the second bearing portion 175 abuts on the input-side side surface of the action portion 31 of the output-side rotating member 30 in the axial direction, so that the output-side rotating member 30 is on the other side (input) in the axial direction. Regulate moving to the side).
 次に、ラチェット部2の構成について説明する。
 図16に示すように、操作リング51は、操作部材55と係合して操作部材55とともに中立位置Nから所定角度範囲で回動操作可能である。なお、前記したように、操作部材55には、レバー59(図15参照)が固定されている。操作リング51は、第2ローラ82を介して入力側回転部材40と一体になって動くことで、入力側回転部材40にレバー59からの回転トルクを第2ローラ82を介して伝達する部材である。このため、操作リング51は、リング部53と、リング部53から、径方向外側に突出する操作突部51Bとを有する。
Next, the configuration of the ratchet section 2 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 16, the operation ring 51 engages with the operation member 55 and can be rotated together with the operation member 55 within a predetermined angle range from the neutral position N. As described above, the lever 59 (see FIG. 15) is fixed to the operating member 55. The operation ring 51 is a member that transmits the rotational torque from the lever 59 to the input side rotating member 40 via the second roller 82 by moving integrally with the input side rotating member 40 via the second roller 82. is there. Therefore, the operation ring 51 has a ring portion 53 and an operation protrusion 51B protruding radially outward from the ring portion 53.
 図21に示すように、操作リング51は、内周面52を有する。内周面52は、略円形であるが、一部に、徐々に半径が小さくなる傾斜面52Aを有している。傾斜面52Aは、周方向に等間隔で設けられた最も半径が小さくなる小径部52Bに向けて、小径部52Bの周囲から小径部52Bに向けて徐々に半径が小さくなるように傾斜している。小径部52Bは、3箇所あるので、傾斜面52Aは、計6箇所設けられている。操作リング51が中立位置Nにある場合において、周方向における小径部52Bの位置は、規制突起164の位置と一致している。 As shown in FIG. 21, the operation ring 51 has an inner peripheral surface 52. The inner peripheral surface 52 has a substantially circular shape, but has an inclined surface 52A whose radius gradually decreases. The inclined surface 52A is provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction and is inclined so that the radius gradually decreases from the periphery of the small diameter portion 52B toward the small diameter portion 52B toward the small diameter portion 52B having the smallest radius. .. Since there are three small diameter portions 52B, a total of six inclined surfaces 52A are provided. When the operation ring 51 is in the neutral position N, the position of the small diameter portion 52B in the circumferential direction coincides with the position of the regulation protrusion 164.
 操作突部51Bは、図21における右側と左側に、上下に離れて一対ずつ、計4つ配置されている。 A total of four operation protrusions 51B are arranged on the right side and the left side in FIG. 21, one pair at the top and bottom.
 操作リング51の外周面53Aは円筒形状を有する。外周面53Aのうち、一対の操作突部51Bの間の部分は、他の部分よりも若干直径が大きくなっている。 The outer peripheral surface 53A of the operation ring 51 has a cylindrical shape. The portion of the outer peripheral surface 53A between the pair of operating protrusions 51B has a slightly larger diameter than the other portions.
 第2ローラ82は、操作リング51の内周面52と入力側回転部材40の外周面41Aとの間に挟持されることで、操作リング51の回動動作に入力側回転部材40を追従させる部材である。
第2ローラ82は、入力側回転部材40の外周面41Aと操作リング51の内周面52の間に複数配置されている。具体的には、第2ローラ82は、操作リング51の各傾斜面52Aに1つずつ、計6個設けられている。
 第2バネ87は、隣接する第2ローラ82同士を互いに遠ざけるように付勢し、これにより、各第2ローラ82は、入力側回転部材40の外周面41Aと傾斜面52Aとの間の隙間の狭い方へ付勢されている。
The second roller 82 is sandwiched between the inner peripheral surface 52 of the operation ring 51 and the outer peripheral surface 41A of the input side rotating member 40, so that the input side rotating member 40 follows the rotating operation of the operation ring 51. It is a member.
A plurality of second rollers 82 are arranged between the outer peripheral surface 41A of the input side rotating member 40 and the inner peripheral surface 52 of the operation ring 51. Specifically, a total of six second rollers 82 are provided, one on each inclined surface 52A of the operation ring 51.
The second spring 87 urges the adjacent second rollers 82 to move away from each other, whereby each of the second rollers 82 has a gap between the outer peripheral surface 41A and the inclined surface 52A of the input side rotating member 40. It is urged to the narrow side of.
 図16に示すように、リターンスプリング85は、円弧形状の板バネであり、両端部に、径方向内側に延びるフック85Bを有する。リターンスプリング85は、操作部材55および操作リング51を常時、中立位置Nへ向けて付勢する。 As shown in FIG. 16, the return spring 85 is an arc-shaped leaf spring, and has hooks 85B extending inward in the radial direction at both ends. The return spring 85 constantly urges the operating member 55 and the operating ring 51 toward the neutral position N.
 操作部材55は、レバー59が取り付けられ、回転軸線X1を中心に回動する部材である。操作部材55は、第2カバー部材170に対し、軸方向の他方側(入力側)に配置されている。
 操作部材55は、取付面部56と、外周部57と、バネ係合部58とを有する。
 取付面部56は、回転軸線X1に直交する円板形状を有する。取付面部56には、レバー59を取り付けるための図示しないボルト等が挿通される取付孔56Bと、回転軸線X1と中心が合った孔56Cとを有する。
 外周部57は、取付面部56の径方向外側の端部から、軸方向に出力側へ延びている。外周部57には、各操作突部51Bと係合する複数の切欠部57Aを有する。切欠部57Aは、操作突部51Bと対応して計4つ(図では2つのみ図示)設けられている。切欠部57Aが操作突部51Bと係合することで、操作部材55と操作リング51は一体に回動することが可能である。
 また、外周部57は図16の上下に延出するフランジ57Bを有する。外周部57は、操作リング51の外周面53Aに嵌合し、径方向外側からレーザ溶接のレーザ光が当てられることで、外周部57の内周面57F(図22参照)は、操作リング51の外周面53Aと溶接されている(図19の溶接部W3参照)。具体的には、外周部57は、一対の操作突部51Bの間の部分で溶接されている。
The operation member 55 is a member to which the lever 59 is attached and rotates about the rotation axis X1. The operation member 55 is arranged on the other side (input side) in the axial direction with respect to the second cover member 170.
The operating member 55 has a mounting surface portion 56, an outer peripheral portion 57, and a spring engaging portion 58.
The mounting surface portion 56 has a disk shape orthogonal to the rotation axis X1. The mounting surface portion 56 has a mounting hole 56B into which a bolt or the like (not shown) for mounting the lever 59 is inserted, and a hole 56C centered on the rotation axis X1.
The outer peripheral portion 57 extends axially from the radial outer end of the mounting surface portion 56 toward the output side. The outer peripheral portion 57 has a plurality of notched portions 57A that engage with each operating protrusion 51B. A total of four notches 57A are provided (only two are shown in the figure) corresponding to the operation protrusion 51B. By engaging the notch 57A with the operating protrusion 51B, the operating member 55 and the operating ring 51 can rotate integrally.
Further, the outer peripheral portion 57 has a flange 57B extending vertically in FIG. 16. The outer peripheral portion 57 is fitted to the outer peripheral surface 53A of the operation ring 51, and the laser beam of laser welding is applied from the outer side in the radial direction, so that the inner peripheral surface 57F (see FIG. 22) of the outer peripheral portion 57 is the operation ring 51. It is welded to the outer peripheral surface 53A of the above (see the welded portion W3 in FIG. 19). Specifically, the outer peripheral portion 57 is welded at a portion between the pair of operating protrusions 51B.
 バネ係合部58は、取付面部56の一部を軸方向における出力側に切り起こすことで形成されている。バネ係合部58は、リターンスプリング85の2つの85Aに対応して2つ設けられている。 The spring engaging portion 58 is formed by cutting up a part of the mounting surface portion 56 toward the output side in the axial direction. Two spring engaging portions 58 are provided corresponding to the two 85A of the return spring 85.
 リターンスプリング85は、軸方向において、第2カバー部171と取付面部56との間に配置されている。これにより、リターンスプリング85は、第2カバー部171により軸方向における出力側への移動が規制され、取付面部56により軸方向における入力側への移動が規制されている。
 リターンスプリング85は、操作部材55が中立位置Nにある場合において、両端のフック85Bが、バネ係合部58に係合するとともに、第2カバー部171から入力側に突出した3つの規制突起164のうち、2つと係合する。
The return spring 85 is arranged between the second cover portion 171 and the mounting surface portion 56 in the axial direction. As a result, the return spring 85 is restricted from moving to the output side in the axial direction by the second cover portion 171 and is restricted from moving to the input side in the axial direction by the mounting surface portion 56.
In the return spring 85, when the operating member 55 is in the neutral position N, the hooks 85B at both ends engage with the spring engaging portion 58, and the three regulating protrusions 164 projecting from the second cover portion 171 to the input side. Engage with two of them.
 次に、以上のように構成されたブレーキ装置1Aの動作について説明する。
 まず、ラチェット部2の動作について説明する。
 図22に示すように、レバー59(図22で図示省略)を中立位置Nから下に押し下げると、操作部材55が反時計回りに回動する。このとき、操作部材55の下側のバネ係合部58がリターンスプリング85のフック85Bに引っ掛かっているので、下側のバネ係合部58が下側のフック85Bを引き上げる。一方、上側のバネ係合部58は、上側のフック85Bから離れるが、上側のフック85Bは、上側の規制突起164に係合して位置が規制されているので、動かない。これにより、レバー59を下に押し下げると、リターンスプリング85は、半径が小さくなるように曲げられることで、リターンスプリング85がレバー59を中立位置Nに戻そうとする(時計回りに回動させる)ように付勢する。この動作は、レバー59を上に引き上げた場合にも、上下が反転しただけで、同様であり、リターンスプリング85は、レバー59を中立位置Nに戻そうとする(反時計回りに回動させる)ように付勢する。
Next, the operation of the brake device 1A configured as described above will be described.
First, the operation of the ratchet unit 2 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 22, when the lever 59 (not shown in FIG. 22) is pushed down from the neutral position N, the operating member 55 rotates counterclockwise. At this time, since the lower spring engaging portion 58 of the operating member 55 is hooked on the hook 85B of the return spring 85, the lower spring engaging portion 58 pulls up the lower hook 85B. On the other hand, the upper spring engaging portion 58 is separated from the upper hook 85B, but the upper hook 85B does not move because the position is restricted by engaging with the upper regulating protrusion 164. As a result, when the lever 59 is pushed down, the return spring 85 is bent so that the radius becomes smaller, and the return spring 85 tries to return the lever 59 to the neutral position N (rotates clockwise). To urge. This operation is the same even when the lever 59 is pulled up, only upside down, and the return spring 85 tries to return the lever 59 to the neutral position N (rotates it counterclockwise). ) To be urged.
 レバー59を上に引き上げることで、図21に示す状態から、図23に示すように、操作リング51が時計回りに回動すると、小径部52Bの時計回り側に隣接する傾斜面52Aと入力側回転部材40の外周面41Aとの間に第2ローラ82が挟持される。一方、小径部52Bの反時計回り側に隣接する傾斜面52Aは、接触していた第2ローラ82から離れていく。このため、第2ローラ82と入力側回転部材40の摩擦力および第2ローラ82と操作リング51の摩擦力により、操作リング51、第2ローラ82および入力側回転部材40が一体となって時計回りに回動する。 By pulling up the lever 59, when the operation ring 51 rotates clockwise as shown in FIG. 23 from the state shown in FIG. 21, the inclined surface 52A and the input side adjacent to the clockwise side of the small diameter portion 52B The second roller 82 is sandwiched between the rotating member 40 and the outer peripheral surface 41A. On the other hand, the inclined surface 52A adjacent to the counterclockwise side of the small diameter portion 52B moves away from the second roller 82 that was in contact with the small diameter portion 52B. Therefore, due to the frictional force between the second roller 82 and the input side rotating member 40 and the frictional force between the second roller 82 and the operation ring 51, the operation ring 51, the second roller 82, and the input side rotating member 40 are integrated into the clock. Rotate around.
 図23に示す状態からレバー59を中立位置Nに戻すと、小径部52Bの時計回り側に隣接する傾斜面52Aは、接触している第2ローラ82から反時計回りに逃げていく。このため、図24に示すように、第2ローラ82は、傾斜面52Aと外周面41Aの間には挟持されず、操作リング51と入力側回転部材40のうち操作リング51のみが反時計回りに回動し、入力側回転部材40は回動しない。小径部52Bの時計回り側に隣接する第2ローラ82は、逃げていく傾斜面52Aに追従して、反時計回りに移動する。 When the lever 59 is returned to the neutral position N from the state shown in FIG. 23, the inclined surface 52A adjacent to the clockwise side of the small diameter portion 52B escapes counterclockwise from the contacting second roller 82. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 24, the second roller 82 is not sandwiched between the inclined surface 52A and the outer peripheral surface 41A, and only the operation ring 51 of the operation ring 51 and the input side rotating member 40 is counterclockwise. The input side rotating member 40 does not rotate. The second roller 82 adjacent to the clockwise side of the small diameter portion 52B moves counterclockwise following the escaping inclined surface 52A.
 このようにして、レバー59を中立位置Nから上または下に移動させた場合には、操作リング51に追従して入力側回転部材40が回動するが、レバー59を中立位置Nに戻すときには、操作リング51のみが回動して、入力側回転部材40は回動しない。 When the lever 59 is moved up or down from the neutral position N in this way, the input side rotating member 40 rotates following the operation ring 51, but when the lever 59 is returned to the neutral position N, , Only the operation ring 51 rotates, and the input side rotating member 40 does not rotate.
 次に、ブレーキ部3の動作について説明する。
 図25に示すように、車両用シートSに座った乗員の重みにより、出力側回転部材30に、図における反時計回り方向の回転トルク、(通常使用範囲の回転トルク)を与えると、出力側回転部材30が反時計回りに少し回転し、図25の第1バネ86の時計回り側に隣接する第1ローラ81Bが対向面36と内側面23に挟持される。
Next, the operation of the brake unit 3 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 25, when the rotation torque in the counterclockwise direction in the figure (rotation torque in the normal use range) is given to the output side rotation member 30 by the weight of the occupant sitting on the vehicle seat S, the output side is output. The rotating member 30 rotates slightly counterclockwise, and the first roller 81B adjacent to the clockwise side of the first spring 86 in FIG. 25 is sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner surface 23.
 このとき、対向面36は、第1ローラ81Bを力F1で押し、第1ローラ81Bは、内側面23を力F2で押す。これにより、ブレーキシュー20は、一対のブレーキ面21が外輪11の内周面14に力F3で押し付けられる。その結果、ブレーキ面21と内周面14の間で摩擦力が発生するので、出力側回転部材30が回転しない。すなわち、車両用シートSが下がるのを阻止するブレーキ力が発生する。そして、このような、出力側回転部材30に通常使用範囲の回転トルクを与えた状態においては、支持面26は、外輪11の内周面14から離間している。 At this time, the facing surface 36 pushes the first roller 81B with the force F1, and the first roller 81B pushes the inner side surface 23 with the force F2. As a result, in the brake shoe 20, the pair of brake surfaces 21 are pressed against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 by the force F3. As a result, a frictional force is generated between the brake surface 21 and the inner peripheral surface 14, so that the output side rotating member 30 does not rotate. That is, a braking force is generated to prevent the vehicle seat S from lowering. Then, in such a state where the output side rotating member 30 is subjected to the rotational torque in the normal use range, the support surface 26 is separated from the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11.
 また、このとき、第1ローラ81Aは、反時計回り方向に隣接する第1係合部42Aから離間している。そのため、第1ローラ81Bが対向面36と内側面23に挟持されているだけでなく、第1ローラ81Aも第1バネ86の付勢力により対向面36と内側面23に挟持された状態を維持することができる。 At this time, the first roller 81A is separated from the adjacent first engaging portion 42A in the counterclockwise direction. Therefore, not only the first roller 81B is sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23, but also the first roller 81A is maintained in a state of being sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23 by the urging force of the first spring 86. can do.
 また、図25のブレーキ状態から、車両用シートSの高さを上げるためにレバー59を操作して入力側回転部材40を時計回りに回転させると、図26に示すように、第1係合部42Aが第1ローラ81Aを押すことで第1ローラ81Aが対向面36と内側面23に挟持されなくなる。これにより、ブレーキシュー20を外輪11の内周面14に押し付ける力のバランスが崩れ、ブレーキ力が解除される。そして、さらに入力側回転部材40を時計回りに回転させると、第2係合部42Bが第2突出部25Bに当たり、ブレーキシュー20を周方向に押す。また、これと略同時に、凸面部47(図23参照)が対向面36に当たることで出力側回転部材30が時計回り方向に回転し、第1ローラ81Bが内側面23と対向面36に強く挟持された状態を解除する。これにより、第1ローラ81Bが内側面23と対向面36に強く挟持されていた場合に、入力側回転部材40を回転させて車両用シートSを持ち上げ始めるときの引っ掛かり感を抑制することができる。
 なお、凸面部47は、乗員等の重量が大きい場合など、シートにかかる荷重が特に大きい場合に対向面36に当たる可能性が高くなる。
Further, when the lever 59 is operated to rotate the input side rotating member 40 clockwise from the braking state of FIG. 25 in order to raise the height of the vehicle seat S, the first engagement is performed as shown in FIG. When the portion 42A pushes the first roller 81A, the first roller 81A is not sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23. As a result, the balance of the force pressing the brake shoe 20 against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is lost, and the braking force is released. Then, when the input side rotating member 40 is further rotated clockwise, the second engaging portion 42B hits the second protruding portion 25B and pushes the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction. Further, substantially at the same time, when the convex surface portion 47 (see FIG. 23) hits the facing surface 36, the output side rotating member 30 rotates in the clockwise direction, and the first roller 81B is strongly sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36. Release the state that was set. As a result, when the first roller 81B is strongly sandwiched between the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36, it is possible to suppress the feeling of being caught when the input side rotating member 40 is rotated to start lifting the vehicle seat S. ..
The convex surface portion 47 is more likely to hit the facing surface 36 when the load applied to the seat is particularly large, such as when the weight of the occupant or the like is large.
 ブレーキシュー20を時計回りに回転させると、ブレーキシュー20の内面が第1ローラ81Bを力F12で押し、第1ローラ81Bが対向面36を力F13で押す。この力F13によって出力側回転部材30が時計回りに回転する。 When the brake shoe 20 is rotated clockwise, the inner surface of the brake shoe 20 pushes the first roller 81B with the force F12, and the first roller 81B pushes the facing surface 36 with the force F13. This force F13 causes the output side rotating member 30 to rotate clockwise.
 また、図25のブレーキ状態から、車両用シートSの高さを下げるためにレバー59を操作して入力側回転部材40を反時計回りに回転させると、図27に示すように、第2係合部42Bが第1ローラ81Bを押すことで第1ローラ81Bが対向面36と内側面23に挟持されなくなる。これにより、ブレーキシュー20を外輪11の内周面14に押し付ける力のバランスが崩れ、ブレーキ力が解除される。そして、さらに入力側回転部材40を反時計回りに回転させると、第1係合部42Aが第1突出部25Aに当たり、ブレーキシュー20を周方向に押す。 Further, when the lever 59 is operated to rotate the input side rotating member 40 counterclockwise in order to lower the height of the vehicle seat S from the braking state of FIG. 25, as shown in FIG. 27, the second engagement When the joint portion 42B pushes the first roller 81B, the first roller 81B is not sandwiched between the facing surface 36 and the inner side surface 23. As a result, the balance of the force pressing the brake shoe 20 against the inner peripheral surface 14 of the outer ring 11 is lost, and the braking force is released. Then, when the input side rotating member 40 is further rotated counterclockwise, the first engaging portion 42A hits the first protruding portion 25A and pushes the brake shoe 20 in the circumferential direction.
 ブレーキシュー20を反時計回りに回転させると、ブレーキシュー20の内面が第1ローラ81Aを力F12で押し、第1ローラ81Aが対向面36を力F13で押す。この力F13によって出力側回転部材30が反時計回りに回転する。 When the brake shoe 20 is rotated counterclockwise, the inner surface of the brake shoe 20 pushes the first roller 81A with the force F12, and the first roller 81A pushes the facing surface 36 with the force F13. This force F13 causes the output side rotating member 30 to rotate counterclockwise.
 以上のブレーキ部3の動作において、ブレーキ力が解除されたときには、摩擦部材90が、外輪11に対する出力側回転部材30の回転に抵抗を与えるため、出力側回転部材30が急激に回転することが抑制される。 In the above operation of the brake unit 3, when the braking force is released, the friction member 90 gives resistance to the rotation of the output side rotating member 30 with respect to the outer ring 11, so that the output side rotating member 30 may rotate rapidly. It is suppressed.
 なお、車両用シートSの上に大きな衝撃的な荷重が加わった場合など、過大な反時計回り方向の回転トルクが入力されて出力側回転部材30が反時計回りに大きく回転した場合には、ブレーキシュー20が撓み、支持面26が内周面14に当たる(図示省略)。これにより、さらなるブレーキシュー20の撓みが抑制され、ブレーキシュー20に大きな負荷が掛かることを抑制することができる。 When a large impact load is applied on the vehicle seat S, or when an excessive counterclockwise rotational torque is input and the output side rotating member 30 rotates significantly counterclockwise, the output side rotating member 30 rotates significantly counterclockwise. The brake shoe 20 bends, and the support surface 26 hits the inner peripheral surface 14 (not shown). As a result, further bending of the brake shoe 20 is suppressed, and it is possible to prevent a large load from being applied to the brake shoe 20.
 以上説明した本実施形態のブレーキ装置1Aに適用されたブレーキ部3によれば、次のような効果を奏することができる。
 ブレーキ装置1Aは、筐体100の第1軸受部13が出力側回転部材30の軸方向の一方側への移動を規制し、第2軸受部175が出力側回転部材30の軸方向の他方側への移動を規制する。このため、ブレーキ装置1Aの耐久性を高くすることができる。
According to the brake unit 3 applied to the brake device 1A of the present embodiment described above, the following effects can be obtained.
In the braking device 1A, the first bearing portion 13 of the housing 100 regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to one side in the axial direction, and the second bearing portion 175 regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to one side in the axial direction. Regulate movement to. Therefore, the durability of the brake device 1A can be increased.
 また、ブレーキシュー20が軸方向の他方側に移動するのを規制する第1カバー部161は、出力側回転部材30が軸方向の他方側に移動するのを規制する第2カバー部材170(第2軸受部175)とは別に設けられているので、ブレーキ装置1Aの耐久性をより高くすることができる。 Further, the first cover portion 161 that regulates the movement of the brake shoe 20 to the other side in the axial direction is a second cover member 170 (the second cover member 170) that regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to the other side in the axial direction. Since it is provided separately from the two bearing portions 175), the durability of the brake device 1A can be further increased.
 また、外輪部材10と第1カバー部材160は、接触面が広い、外輪11と外輪嵌合部162が嵌合している面で固定されるので、第1カバー部材160を外輪部材10に強固に固定して、ブレーキ装置1Aの剛性を高くすることができる。 Further, since the outer ring member 10 and the first cover member 160 are fixed on the surface where the outer ring 11 and the outer ring fitting portion 162 are fitted with a wide contact surface, the first cover member 160 is firmly attached to the outer ring member 10. It can be fixed to the brake device 1A to increase the rigidity of the brake device 1A.
 また、第1カバー部材160と第2カバー部材170は、接触面が広い、外輪嵌合部162とカバー嵌合部174が嵌合している面で固定されるので、第2カバー部材170を第1カバー部材160に強固に固定して、ブレーキ装置1Aの剛性を高くすることができる。また、外輪嵌合部162が外輪11の外周面15に嵌合し、さらにカバー嵌合部174が外輪嵌合部162に嵌合することで、外輪部材10が有する第1軸受部13と第2カバー部材170が有する第2軸受部175の軸を正確に合わせることができる。すなわち、出力側回転部材30を筐体100に対して正確な位置で軸支することができる。 Further, since the first cover member 160 and the second cover member 170 are fixed by the surface on which the outer ring fitting portion 162 and the cover fitting portion 174 are fitted, which has a wide contact surface, the second cover member 170 can be used. It can be firmly fixed to the first cover member 160 to increase the rigidity of the brake device 1A. Further, the outer ring fitting portion 162 is fitted to the outer peripheral surface 15 of the outer ring 11, and the cover fitting portion 174 is fitted to the outer ring fitting portion 162, whereby the first bearing portion 13 and the first bearing portion 13 of the outer ring member 10 are fitted. 2 The axis of the second bearing portion 175 of the cover member 170 can be accurately aligned. That is, the output-side rotating member 30 can be pivotally supported at an accurate position with respect to the housing 100.
 また、入力側回転部材40の第1係合部42Aおよび第2係合部42Bが、ブレーキシュー20を回転させるための機能と、第1ローラ81Aまたは第1ローラ81Bを押すことによるブレーキ力の解除の機能とを兼ねることができる。これにより、ブレーキ装置1Aの小型化を図ることができる。 Further, the first engaging portion 42A and the second engaging portion 42B of the input side rotating member 40 have a function for rotating the brake shoe 20 and a braking force by pushing the first roller 81A or the first roller 81B. It can also serve as a release function. As a result, the size of the brake device 1A can be reduced.
 また、第2ローラ82の、軸方向の一方側への移動を規制する第1カバー部161は、出力側回転部材30が軸方向の一方側へ移動するのを規制する側壁部12と別に設けられているので、ブレーキ装置1Aの耐久性をさらに高くすることができる。 Further, the first cover portion 161 that regulates the movement of the second roller 82 to one side in the axial direction is provided separately from the side wall portion 12 that regulates the movement of the output side rotating member 30 to one side in the axial direction. Therefore, the durability of the brake device 1A can be further increased.
 また、第2ローラ82は、第2バネ87に付勢されたときに、規制突起164に当たることで、径方向の外側に付勢されることになり、第2ローラ82の位置が安定する。これにより、ブレーキ装置1Aを安定して動作させることができる。 Further, when the second roller 82 is urged by the second spring 87, the second roller 82 is urged outward in the radial direction by hitting the regulation protrusion 164, and the position of the second roller 82 is stabilized. As a result, the brake device 1A can be operated stably.
 また、操作リング51は、径方向外側に突出する操作突部51Bを有し、操作部材55は、操作突部51Bと係合する切欠部57Aを有し、切欠部57Aが操作突部51Bと係合することで、操作部材55と操作リング51を一体に回転させるための構造を簡易に製造することができる。 Further, the operation ring 51 has an operation protrusion 51B protruding outward in the radial direction, the operation member 55 has a notch 57A that engages with the operation protrusion 51B, and the notch 57A has an operation protrusion 51B. By engaging, a structure for integrally rotating the operation member 55 and the operation ring 51 can be easily manufactured.
 以上に説明した第1、第2実施形態に係るブレーキ装置1,1Aは、適宜変形して実施することができる。 The brake devices 1 and 1A according to the first and second embodiments described above can be appropriately modified and implemented.
 前記第1、第2実施形態においては、内側面23と対向面36が、ともに、周方向の両端部において互いに相手側に近づくように傾斜していたが、いずれか一方のみが傾斜していてもよい。 In the first and second embodiments, both the inner side surface 23 and the facing surface 36 are inclined so as to approach each other at both ends in the circumferential direction, but only one of them is inclined. May be good.
 前記第1、第2実施形態においては、レーザ溶接によりカバー部材60、第1カバー部材160を外輪11に固定したが、カシメにより固定してもよい。 In the first and second embodiments, the cover member 60 and the first cover member 160 are fixed to the outer ring 11 by laser welding, but they may be fixed by caulking.
 前記第1、第2実施形態においては、可動片、第1可動片および第2可動片としてローラを例示したが、可動片は、球や多角柱、楕円断面の柱状であっても構わない。また、第1可動片は無くてもよい。例えば、対向面の角部が内側面に当たる構成であったり、対向面に、内側面に当たる突起が設けられた構成であってもよい。 In the first and second embodiments, the rollers are exemplified as the movable piece, the first movable piece and the second movable piece, but the movable piece may be a sphere, a polygonal prism, or a columnar having an elliptical cross section. Further, the first movable piece may be omitted. For example, the corner portion of the facing surface may be configured to hit the inner side surface, or the facing surface may be provided with a protrusion that hits the inner side surface.
 前記第1、第2実施形態においては、ブレーキシュー20は3つ設けられていたが、ブレーキシューは、2つでもよく、4つ以上であってもよい。 In the first and second embodiments, three brake shoes 20 are provided, but the number of brake shoes may be two or four or more.
 前記第1、第2実施形態においては、ブレーキシュー20が一対のブレーキ面21の間に支持面26を有していたが、ブレーキシューは、支持面や、当該支持面が設けられる突起を備えない構成であっても構わない。 In the first and second embodiments, the brake shoe 20 has a support surface 26 between the pair of brake surfaces 21, but the brake shoe includes a support surface and a protrusion on which the support surface is provided. It does not matter if there is no configuration.
 前記第1、第2実施形態においては、操作リング150,51の径方向外側に入力側回転部材40が配置されていたが、これを逆にして、操作リング150,51の径方向内側に入力側回転部材40が配置されていてもよい。 In the first and second embodiments, the input side rotating member 40 is arranged on the radial outside of the operation rings 150 and 51, but the input side rotating member 40 is reversed and the input is on the radial inside of the operation rings 150 and 51. The side rotating member 40 may be arranged.
 また、ブレーキ部3、ラチェット部2およびブレーキ装置1,1Aは、車両用シートSのハイトアジャスト機構に用いられるだけでなく、他の装置に任意に適用することができる。 Further, the brake unit 3, the ratchet unit 2, and the brake devices 1, 1A are not only used for the height adjustment mechanism of the vehicle seat S, but can also be arbitrarily applied to other devices.
 また、前記した実施形態および変形例で説明した各要素を、任意に組み合わせて実施してもよい。
 
In addition, each element described in the above-described embodiment and modification may be arbitrarily combined and implemented.

Claims (20)

  1.  円筒状の内周面を有する外輪と、
     前記外輪の径方向内側に周方向に複数並んで配置され、前記内周面に対向して当該内周面と接触可能な一対のブレーキ面と前記径方向内側を向く内側面とを有するブレーキシューと、
     各前記ブレーキシューの前記径方向内側に配置された出力側回転部材であって、前記内側面に対向する対向面を有する作用部を有する出力側回転部材と、
     前記ブレーキシューまたは前記出力側回転部材に接触して前記出力側回転部材を回転させることが可能な入力側回転部材と、
     前記内側面のそれぞれと前記対向面との間に配置された一対の可動片であって、前記内側面と前記対向面の間で挟持されることで、前記ブレーキシューのブレーキ力を発生させる可動片と、
     前記一対の可動片の間に配置され、前記一対の可動片を互いに離間させるように付勢する第1バネとを備え、
     前記ブレーキシューのそれぞれは、周方向の一方の端部に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出する第1突出部と、周方向の他方の端部に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出する第2突出部とを有し、
     前記一対の可動片は、前記第1突出部と前記第2突出部の間に配置され、
     前記入力側回転部材は、前記出力側回転部材の軸方向に突出する、前記一対の可動片と前記第1突出部の間に配置された第1係合部と、前記軸方向に突出する、前記一対の可動片と前記第2突出部の間に配置された第2係合部とを、各ブレーキシューに対応して有し、
     前記入力側回転部材が第1回転方向に回転する場合には、前記第2係合部が前記第2突出部を押して前記ブレーキシューを前記第1回転方向に回転させ、
     前記入力側回転部材が第1回転方向とは逆の第2回転方向に回転する場合には、前記第1係合部が前記第1突出部を押して前記ブレーキシューを前記第2回転方向に回転させることを特徴とするブレーキ装置。
    An outer ring with a cylindrical inner peripheral surface,
    A brake shoe having a pair of brake surfaces facing the inner peripheral surface and being in contact with the inner peripheral surface and an inner surface facing the inner peripheral surface in the radial direction, which are arranged side by side in the radial direction of the outer ring. When,
    An output-side rotating member arranged inside the brake shoe in the radial direction and having an action portion having an opposing surface facing the inner side surface, and an output-side rotating member.
    An input-side rotating member capable of rotating the output-side rotating member in contact with the brake shoe or the output-side rotating member.
    A pair of movable pieces arranged between each of the inner side surfaces and the facing surface, and by being sandwiched between the inner side surface and the facing surface, a movable piece that generates a braking force of the brake shoe is generated. One piece,
    It is provided with a first spring which is arranged between the pair of movable pieces and urges the pair of movable pieces so as to separate them from each other.
    Each of the brake shoes has a first protruding portion arranged at one end in the circumferential direction and protruding inward in the radial direction, and a first protruding portion arranged at the other end in the circumferential direction and protruding inward in the radial direction. Has 2 protrusions
    The pair of movable pieces are arranged between the first protrusion and the second protrusion.
    The input-side rotating member projects in the axial direction with a first engaging portion arranged between the pair of movable pieces and the first protruding portion, which protrudes in the axial direction of the output-side rotating member. A second engaging portion arranged between the pair of movable pieces and the second protruding portion is provided corresponding to each brake shoe.
    When the input-side rotating member rotates in the first rotation direction, the second engaging portion pushes the second protruding portion to rotate the brake shoe in the first rotation direction.
    When the input-side rotating member rotates in the second rotation direction opposite to the first rotation direction, the first engaging portion pushes the first protruding portion to rotate the brake shoe in the second rotation direction. A braking device characterized by being made to rotate.
  2.  前記入力側回転部材が前記第1回転方向に回転する場合には、前記第1係合部が前記一対の可動片の一方を押して前記ブレーキ力を解除し、
     前記入力側回転部材が前記第2回転方向に回転する場合には、前記第2係合部が前記一対の可動片の他方を押して前記ブレーキ力を解除することを特徴とする請求項1に記載のブレーキ装置。
    When the input-side rotating member rotates in the first rotation direction, the first engaging portion pushes one of the pair of movable pieces to release the braking force.
    The first aspect of claim 1, wherein when the input-side rotating member rotates in the second rotation direction, the second engaging portion pushes the other of the pair of movable pieces to release the braking force. Brake device.
  3.  前記入力側回転部材は、前記対向面に対向し、径方向内側に向けて突出し、前記作用部に接触することが可能な接触凸部を有し、
     前記第1係合部、前記第2係合部および前記接触凸部は、前記出力側回転部材の回転軸線を中心とする一の円周上に配置されていることを特徴とする請求項1または請求項2に記載のブレーキ装置。
    The input-side rotating member has a contact convex portion that faces the facing surface, projects inward in the radial direction, and can come into contact with the acting portion.
    Claim 1 is characterized in that the first engaging portion, the second engaging portion, and the contact convex portion are arranged on one circumference centered on the rotation axis of the output side rotating member. Alternatively, the braking device according to claim 2.
  4.  前記第1係合部、前記第2係合部および前記接触凸部は、前記入力側回転部材の内周に沿って配置されていることを特徴とする請求項3に記載のブレーキ装置。 The brake device according to claim 3, wherein the first engaging portion, the second engaging portion, and the contact convex portion are arranged along the inner circumference of the input-side rotating member.
  5.  前記入力側回転部材は、前記第1係合部と前記接触凸部の間、および、前記第2係合部と前記接触凸部の間に溝を有することを特徴とする請求項3または請求項4に記載のブレーキ装置。 3. The third or claim, wherein the input-side rotating member has a groove between the first engaging portion and the contact convex portion, and between the second engaging portion and the contact convex portion. Item 4. The braking device according to item 4.
  6.  前記第1係合部および前記第2係合部の周方向における大きさは、前記接触凸部の周方向における大きさより小さいことを特徴とする請求項3から請求項5のいずれか1項に記載のブレーキ装置。 According to any one of claims 3 to 5, the size of the first engaging portion and the second engaging portion in the circumferential direction is smaller than the size of the contact convex portion in the circumferential direction. The brake device described.
  7.  前記作用部は、各前記ブレーキシューの前記第1突出部の先端と前記第2突出部の先端とを結ぶ直線と交差するように配置されていることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項6のいずれか1項に記載のブレーキ装置。 Claims 1 to 6 are characterized in that the working portion is arranged so as to intersect a straight line connecting the tip of the first protruding portion of each brake shoe and the tip of the second protruding portion. The brake device according to any one of the above.
  8.  前記出力側回転部材は、回転軸線上に、前記入力側回転部材を回動操作するためのレバーを取り付けるネジを収容する凹部を有することを特徴とする請求項1から請求項7のいずれか1項に記載のブレーキ装置。 Any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the output-side rotating member has a recess on the rotation axis for accommodating a screw for attaching a lever for rotating the input-side rotating member. The braking device described in the section.
  9.  前記入力側回転部材を回動操作するための操作部材と、
     前記操作部材と一体に回動するレバーと、をさらに備え、
     前記操作部材は、外周部の一部において、前記出力側回転部材の軸方向に突出する軸方向突出部を有し、
     前記レバーは、前記軸方向突出部と係合する切欠部を有することを特徴とする請求項1から請求項7のいずれか1項に記載のブレーキ装置。
    An operating member for rotating the input side rotating member and
    A lever that rotates integrally with the operating member is further provided.
    The operating member has an axially projecting portion that projects in the axial direction of the output side rotating member in a part of the outer peripheral portion.
    The brake device according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the lever has a notch that engages with the axial protrusion.
  10.  入力側回転部材と、
     出力ギヤを有する出力側回転部材であって、前記出力ギヤから当該出力側回転部材を回転させるトルクが入力された場合には回転せず、前記入力側回転部材を回転させるトルクが入力された場合には回転する、出力側回転部材と、を備えるブレーキ装置であって、
     前記出力側回転部材は、回転軸線上に、前記入力側回転部材を回動操作するためのレバーを取り付けるネジを収容する凹部を有することを特徴とするブレーキ装置。
    Input side rotating member and
    An output-side rotating member having an output gear, which does not rotate when a torque for rotating the output-side rotating member is input from the output gear, and does not rotate when a torque for rotating the input-side rotating member is input. Is a braking device including an output-side rotating member that rotates.
    The output-side rotating member is a braking device having a recess on the rotation axis for accommodating a screw for attaching a lever for rotating the input-side rotating member.
  11.  前記ブレーキシュー、前記作用部および前記入力側回転部材を収容する筐体とを備え、
     前記筐体は、前記出力側回転部材を軸支する第1軸受部と、前記出力側回転部材の軸方向において前記第1軸受部から離れて位置する第2軸受部であって、前記出力側回転部材を軸支する第2軸受部と、を有し、
     前記第1軸受部は、前記軸方向において前記出力側回転部材と当接することで、前記出力側回転部材が前記軸方向の一方側へ移動するのを規制し、
     前記第2軸受部は、前記軸方向において前記出力側回転部材と当接することで、前記出力側回転部材が前記軸方向の他方側へ移動するのを規制することを特徴とする請求項1に記載のブレーキ装置。
    The brake shoe, the action unit, and the housing for accommodating the input side rotating member are provided.
    The housing is a first bearing portion that pivotally supports the output side rotating member, and a second bearing portion that is located away from the first bearing portion in the axial direction of the output side rotating member, and is the output side. It has a second bearing that supports the rotating member, and
    The first bearing portion abuts on the output side rotating member in the axial direction to regulate the movement of the output side rotating member to one side in the axial direction.
    The first aspect of the present invention is characterized in that the second bearing portion abuts on the output side rotating member in the axial direction to prevent the output side rotating member from moving to the other side in the axial direction. The described braking device.
  12.  前記筐体は、
      前記外輪と、前記外輪から径方向内側に延び、前記ブレーキシューが前記軸方向における一方側に移動するのを規制する側壁部と、前記側壁部に形成された前記第1軸受部とを一体に有する外輪部材と、
      前記外輪の外周面に嵌合する外輪嵌合部を有し、前記ブレーキシューが前記軸方向における他方側に移動するのを規制する第1カバー部を有する第1カバー部材と、
      前記第1カバー部に固定され、前記第2軸受部を有する第2カバー部材と、を含んで構成されたことを特徴とする請求項11に記載のブレーキ装置。
    The housing is
    The outer ring, a side wall portion extending radially inward from the outer ring and restricting the movement of the brake shoe to one side in the axial direction, and the first bearing portion formed on the side wall portion are integrally integrated. With the outer ring member
    A first cover member having an outer ring fitting portion that fits on the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring and having a first cover portion that regulates the movement of the brake shoe to the other side in the axial direction.
    The brake device according to claim 11, further comprising a second cover member fixed to the first cover portion and having the second bearing portion.
  13.  前記外輪嵌合部の内周面は、前記外輪の外周面と溶接されていることを特徴とする請求項12に記載のブレーキ装置。 The brake device according to claim 12, wherein the inner peripheral surface of the outer ring fitting portion is welded to the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring.
  14.  前記第2カバー部材は、前記外輪嵌合部の外周面に嵌合するカバー嵌合部を有し、
     前記カバー嵌合部の内周面は、前記外輪嵌合部の外周面と溶接されていることを特徴とする請求項13に記載のブレーキ装置。
    The second cover member has a cover fitting portion that fits on the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring fitting portion.
    The brake device according to claim 13, wherein the inner peripheral surface of the cover fitting portion is welded to the outer peripheral surface of the outer ring fitting portion.
  15.  前記第1カバー部材は、前記外輪嵌合部から径方向外側に延びる、他の部材に前記ブレーキ装置を取り付けるための取付フランジをさらに有することを特徴とする請求項12から請求項14のいずれか1項に記載のブレーキ装置。 Any of claims 12 to 14, wherein the first cover member further has a mounting flange extending radially outward from the outer ring fitting portion for mounting the brake device on another member. The brake device according to item 1.
  16.  前記内側面のそれぞれと前記対向面との間に配置された一対の第1可動片であって、前記内側面と前記対向面の間で挟持されることで、前記ブレーキシューのブレーキ力を発生させる第1可動片と、
     前記一対の第1可動片の間に配置され、前記一対の第1可動片を互いに離間させるように付勢する第1バネとをさらに備え、
     前記ブレーキシューのそれぞれは、周方向の一方の端部に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出する第1突出部と、周方向の他方の端部に配置され径方向内側に向けて突出する第2突出部とを有し、
     前記一対の第1可動片は、前記第1突出部と前記第2突出部の間に配置され、
     前記入力側回転部材は、前記軸方向に突出する、前記一対の第1可動片と前記第1突出部の間に配置された第1係合部と、前記軸方向に突出する、前記一対の第1可動片と前記第2突出部の間に配置された第2係合部とを、各ブレーキシューに対応して有し、
     前記入力側回転部材が第1回転方向に回転する場合には、前記第1係合部が前記一対の第1可動片の一方を押して前記ブレーキ力を解除するとともに、前記第2係合部が前記第2突出部を押して前記ブレーキシューを前記第1回転方向に回転させ、
     前記入力側回転部材が第1回転方向とは逆の第2回転方向に回転する場合には、前記第2係合部が前記一対の第1可動片の他方を押して前記ブレーキ力を解除するとともに、前記第1係合部が前記第1突出部を押して前記ブレーキシューを前記第2回転方向に回転させることを特徴とする請求項12から請求項15のいずれか1項に記載のブレーキ装置。
    A pair of first movable pieces arranged between each of the inner side surfaces and the facing surface, and by being sandwiched between the inner side surface and the facing surface, a braking force of the brake shoe is generated. The first movable piece to be made to
    A first spring, which is arranged between the pair of first movable pieces and urges the pair of first movable pieces to separate from each other, is further provided.
    Each of the brake shoes has a first protruding portion arranged at one end in the circumferential direction and protruding inward in the radial direction, and a first protruding portion arranged at the other end in the circumferential direction and protruding inward in the radial direction. Has 2 protrusions
    The pair of first movable pieces are arranged between the first protrusion and the second protrusion.
    The input-side rotating member has a first engaging portion arranged between the pair of first movable pieces and the first protruding portion, which protrudes in the axial direction, and the pair of protruding members in the axial direction. A second engaging portion arranged between the first movable piece and the second protruding portion is provided corresponding to each brake shoe.
    When the input-side rotating member rotates in the first rotation direction, the first engaging portion pushes one of the pair of first movable pieces to release the braking force, and the second engaging portion releases the braking force. The second protruding portion is pushed to rotate the brake shoe in the first rotation direction.
    When the input-side rotating member rotates in the second rotation direction opposite to the first rotation direction, the second engaging portion pushes the other of the pair of first movable pieces to release the braking force. The brake device according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the first engaging portion pushes the first protruding portion to rotate the brake shoe in the second rotation direction.
  17.  前記入力側回転部材の径方向外側に配置された操作リングと、
     前記操作リングの内周面と前記入力側回転部材の外周面との間に配置された第2可動片であって、前記操作リングの内周面と前記入力側回転部材の外周面との間に挟持されることで、前記操作リングの回動動作に前記入力側回転部材を追従させる複数の第2可動片と、
     隣接する前記第2可動片同士を互いに遠ざけるように付勢する第2バネと、をさらに備え、
     前記第1カバー部は、前記第2可動片の前記軸方向の前記一方側への移動を規制し、
     前記第2カバー部材は、前記第2可動片の前記軸方向の前記他方側への移動を規制する第2カバー部を有することを特徴とする請求項12から請求項16のいずれか1項に記載のブレーキ装置。
    An operation ring arranged on the outer side in the radial direction of the input side rotating member,
    A second movable piece arranged between the inner peripheral surface of the operation ring and the outer peripheral surface of the input-side rotating member, and between the inner peripheral surface of the operating ring and the outer peripheral surface of the input-side rotating member. A plurality of second movable pieces that cause the input-side rotating member to follow the rotating operation of the operating ring by being sandwiched between the two.
    A second spring that urges the adjacent second movable pieces to move away from each other is further provided.
    The first cover portion regulates the movement of the second movable piece to the one side in the axial direction.
    The second cover member according to any one of claims 12 to 16, wherein the second cover member has a second cover portion that restricts the movement of the second movable piece to the other side in the axial direction. The brake device described.
  18.  前記第2可動片は、ローラまたは球体であり、
     前記第1カバー部材は、前記軸方向に突出し、前記複数の第2可動片の間に配置される規制突起を有し、
     前記規制突起は、前記第2可動片の中心よりも、前記出力側回転部材の回転軸線からの距離が小さい位置で前記第2可動片に接触することを特徴とする請求項17に記載のブレーキ装置。
    The second movable piece is a roller or a sphere.
    The first cover member has a regulating protrusion that protrudes in the axial direction and is arranged between the plurality of second movable pieces.
    The brake according to claim 17, wherein the regulating protrusion contacts the second movable piece at a position where the distance from the rotation axis of the output side rotating member is smaller than the center of the second movable piece. apparatus.
  19.  前記第1カバー部は、前記第2バネの前記軸方向の前記一方側への移動を規制することを特徴とする請求項17または請求項18に記載のブレーキ装置。 The brake device according to claim 17, wherein the first cover portion regulates the movement of the second spring to the one side in the axial direction.
  20.  前記第2カバー部材に対し、前記軸方向の前記他方側に配置された操作部材をさらに備え、
     前記操作リングは、径方向外側に突出する操作突部を有し、
     前記操作部材は、前記操作突部と係合する切欠部を有し、
     前記切欠部が前記操作突部と係合することで、前記操作部材と前記操作リングは一体に回動することを特徴とする請求項17から請求項19のいずれか1項に記載のブレーキ装置。
     
    The second cover member is further provided with an operating member arranged on the other side in the axial direction.
    The operation ring has an operation protrusion that projects outward in the radial direction.
    The operating member has a notch that engages with the operating protrusion.
    The brake device according to any one of claims 17 to 19, wherein the operating member and the operating ring rotate integrally when the notch portion engages with the operating protrusion. ..
PCT/JP2020/041280 2019-11-08 2020-11-05 Brake device WO2021090857A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-203087 2019-11-08
JP2019203087A JP7368717B2 (en) 2019-11-08 2019-11-08 brake device
JP2019-203090 2019-11-08
JP2019203090A JP7368718B2 (en) 2019-11-08 2019-11-08 brake device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021090857A1 true WO2021090857A1 (en) 2021-05-14

Family

ID=75848551

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/041280 WO2021090857A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2020-11-05 Brake device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021090857A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006290344A (en) * 2005-04-13 2006-10-26 Faurecia Sieges D'automobile Control mechanism and vehicle seat comprising the same
JP2014185669A (en) * 2013-03-22 2014-10-02 Ts Tech Co Ltd Brake device
JP2016124526A (en) * 2015-01-08 2016-07-11 テイ・エス テック株式会社 Brake device
JP2017116000A (en) * 2015-12-24 2017-06-29 テイ・エス テック株式会社 Brake apparatus
US20180216685A1 (en) * 2016-03-02 2018-08-02 Yang-Zhou Weibang Garden Machine Company Limited Clutch-brake apparatus

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006290344A (en) * 2005-04-13 2006-10-26 Faurecia Sieges D'automobile Control mechanism and vehicle seat comprising the same
JP2014185669A (en) * 2013-03-22 2014-10-02 Ts Tech Co Ltd Brake device
JP2016124526A (en) * 2015-01-08 2016-07-11 テイ・エス テック株式会社 Brake device
JP2017116000A (en) * 2015-12-24 2017-06-29 テイ・エス テック株式会社 Brake apparatus
US20180216685A1 (en) * 2016-03-02 2018-08-02 Yang-Zhou Weibang Garden Machine Company Limited Clutch-brake apparatus

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6109613B2 (en) Brake device
JP4978321B2 (en) Torque fluctuation absorber
JP6262718B2 (en) Brake device
JP4423236B2 (en) Floating disc brake
WO2021090857A1 (en) Brake device
JP4834783B1 (en) Clutch cover assembly
JP2017116000A (en) Brake apparatus
EP3626516B1 (en) Brake device for motor vehicle seat
JP7368718B2 (en) brake device
KR20170090459A (en) Drum brake device
JP7368717B2 (en) brake device
EP3330123B1 (en) Brake device of vehicular seat adjuster
JP5008757B2 (en) Clutch cover assembly
JP7089180B2 (en) Brake device and seat
JP5131369B2 (en) Torque fluctuation absorber
JP6093215B2 (en) Brake device
JP6613673B2 (en) Brake device
JP6709764B2 (en) Torque fluctuation suppressing device, torque converter, and power transmission device
JP2017026140A (en) Brake device
KR101732373B1 (en) Pumping device of seat for vehicle
JP6721831B2 (en) Brake device
JP6627806B2 (en) Ratchet device
WO2017010496A1 (en) Brake device
JP6826291B2 (en) Caulking device, caulking method
JP2021187217A (en) Brake device for automobile seat

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20884918

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20884918

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1